diff options
147 files changed, 1765 insertions, 1337 deletions
diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml index ac14d5d2a8..435c6dae14 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml @@ -321,6 +321,9 @@ <theme_item name="separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="2"> The vertical distance between ports. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="title_h_offset" data_type="constant" type="int" default="0"> + Horizontal offset of the title text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="title_offset" data_type="constant" type="int" default="26"> Vertical offset of the title text. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml index c06118e621..5217014698 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml @@ -221,8 +221,8 @@ <member name="secret" type="bool" setter="set_secret" getter="is_secret" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], every character is replaced with the secret character (see [member secret_character]). </member> - <member name="secret_character" type="String" setter="set_secret_character" getter="get_secret_character" default=""*""> - The character to use to mask secret input (defaults to "*"). Only a single character can be used as the secret character. + <member name="secret_character" type="String" setter="set_secret_character" getter="get_secret_character" default=""•""> + The character to use to mask secret input (defaults to "•"). Only a single character can be used as the secret character. </member> <member name="selecting_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_selecting_enabled" getter="is_selecting_enabled" default="true"> If [code]false[/code], it's impossible to select the text using mouse nor keyboard. diff --git a/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml b/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml index 9e476bd05b..8f2660ad61 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml @@ -233,6 +233,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_hover_color" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(0.95, 0.95, 0.95, 1)"> Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_hover_pressed_color" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> + Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered and pressed. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="font_outline_color" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> The tint of text outline of the [OptionButton]. </theme_item> @@ -245,6 +248,9 @@ <theme_item name="h_separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="2"> The horizontal space between [OptionButton]'s icon and text. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="modulate_arrow" data_type="constant" type="int" default="0"> + If different than [code]0[/code], the arrow icon will be modulated to the font color. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="outline_size" data_type="constant" type="int" default="0"> The size of the text outline. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml b/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml index 3083ea849b..cb00b45fed 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml @@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ <param index="1" name="source_path" type="String" /> <param index="2" name="encrypt" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Adds the [code]source_path[/code] file to the current PCK package at the [code]pck_path[/code] internal path (should start with [code]res://[/code]). + Adds the [param source_path] file to the current PCK package at the [param pck_path] internal path (should start with [code]res://[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="flush"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="verbose" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Writes the files specified using all [method add_file] calls since the last flush. If [code]verbose[/code] is [code]true[/code], a list of files added will be printed to the console for easier debugging. + Writes the files specified using all [method add_file] calls since the last flush. If [param verbose] is [code]true[/code], a list of files added will be printed to the console for easier debugging. </description> </method> <method name="pck_start"> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <param index="2" name="key" type="String" default=""0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"" /> <param index="3" name="encrypt_directory" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Creates a new PCK file with the name [code]pck_name[/code]. The [code].pck[/code] file extension isn't added automatically, so it should be part of [code]pck_name[/code] (even though it's not required). + Creates a new PCK file with the name [param pck_name]. The [code].pck[/code] file extension isn't added automatically, so it should be part of [param pck_name] (even though it's not required). </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml index 36372fbe54..b02333667d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ <param index="0" name="buffer_size" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="compression_mode" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Returns a new [PackedByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set [code]buffer_size[/code] to the size of the uncompressed data. Set the compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. + Returns a new [PackedByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set [param buffer_size] to the size of the uncompressed data. Set the compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. </description> </method> <method name="decompress_dynamic" qualifiers="const"> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ <description> Returns a new [PackedByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set the compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. [b]This method only accepts gzip and deflate compression modes.[/b] This method is potentially slower than [code]decompress[/code], as it may have to re-allocate its output buffer multiple times while decompressing, whereas [code]decompress[/code] knows it's output buffer size from the beginning. - GZIP has a maximal compression ratio of 1032:1, meaning it's very possible for a small compressed payload to decompress to a potentially very large output. To guard against this, you may provide a maximum size this function is allowed to allocate in bytes via [code]max_output_size[/code]. Passing -1 will allow for unbounded output. If any positive value is passed, and the decompression exceeds that amount in bytes, then an error will be returned. + GZIP has a maximal compression ratio of 1032:1, meaning it's very possible for a small compressed payload to decompress to a potentially very large output. To guard against this, you may provide a maximum size this function is allowed to allocate in bytes via [param max_output_size]. Passing -1 will allow for unbounded output. If any positive value is passed, and the decompression exceeds that amount in bytes, then an error will be returned. </description> </method> <method name="duplicate"> @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="has_encoded_var" qualifiers="const"> @@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedByteArray], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedByteArray]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedByteArray], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedByteArray]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml index 390adfa5a6..c694927175 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="Color" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="Color" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="insert"> @@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedColorArray], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedColorArray]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedColorArray], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedColorArray]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml index f5d5b4566b..41d0679099 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="float" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="insert"> @@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedFloat32Array], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedFloat32Array]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedFloat32Array], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedFloat32Array]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml index dfac2c80e8..bedbe3603c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="float" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="insert"> @@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedFloat64Array], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedFloat64Array]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedFloat64Array], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedFloat64Array]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml index b29b1b1bd0..db4c8c0937 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="insert"> @@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedInt32Array], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedInt32Array]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedInt32Array], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedInt32Array]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml index 2a33238677..56d72692a2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="insert"> @@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedInt64Array], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedInt64Array]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedInt64Array], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedInt64Array]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml index 364142f0b6..b58a3b2553 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="insert"> @@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedStringArray], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedStringArray]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedStringArray], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedStringArray]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml index 632680e739..7cf63d3d5e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="Vector2" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="insert"> @@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedVector2Array], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedVector2Array]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedVector2Array], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedVector2Array]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml index 014e7d5aa5..5ab42474f0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="Vector3" /> <param index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a [param before] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. [b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [code]value[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains [param value]. </description> </method> <method name="insert"> @@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ <param index="0" name="begin" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="end" type="int" default="2147483647" /> <description> - Returns the slice of the [PackedVector3Array], from [code]begin[/code] (inclusive) to [code]end[/code] (exclusive), as a new [PackedVector3Array]. - The absolute value of [code]begin[/code] and [code]end[/code] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [code]end[/code] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). - If either [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). + Returns the slice of the [PackedVector3Array], from [param begin] (inclusive) to [param end] (exclusive), as a new [PackedVector3Array]. + The absolute value of [param begin] and [param end] will be clamped to the array size, so the default value for [param end] makes it slice to the size of the array by default (i.e. [code]arr.slice(1)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(1, arr.size())[/code]). + If either [param begin] or [param end] are negative, they will be relative to the end of the array (i.e. [code]arr.slice(0, -2)[/code] is a shorthand for [code]arr.slice(0, arr.size() - 2)[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml index 6bfaa71838..ab2bc34672 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="allow_objects" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Gets a Variant. If [code]allow_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code], decoding objects is allowed. + Gets a Variant. If [param allow_objects] is [code]true[/code], decoding objects is allowed. [b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution. </description> </method> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <param index="0" name="var" type="Variant" /> <param index="1" name="full_objects" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Sends a [Variant] as a packet. If [code]full_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code], encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code). + Sends a [Variant] as a packet. If [param full_objects] is [code]true[/code], encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code). </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml index 319740e76b..e9918bdd3a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <param index="2" name="for_hostname" type="String" default="""" /> <param index="3" name="valid_certificate" type="X509Certificate" default="null" /> <description> - Connects a [code]peer[/code] beginning the DTLS handshake using the underlying [PacketPeerUDP] which must be connected (see [method PacketPeerUDP.connect_to_host]). If [code]validate_certs[/code] is [code]true[/code], [PacketPeerDTLS] will validate that the certificate presented by the remote peer and match it with the [code]for_hostname[/code] argument. You can specify a custom [X509Certificate] to use for validation via the [code]valid_certificate[/code] argument. + Connects a [param packet_peer] beginning the DTLS handshake using the underlying [PacketPeerUDP] which must be connected (see [method PacketPeerUDP.connect_to_host]). If [param validate_certs] is [code]true[/code], [PacketPeerDTLS] will validate that the certificate presented by the remote peer and match it with the [param for_hostname] argument. You can specify a custom [X509Certificate] to use for validation via the [param valid_certificate] argument. </description> </method> <method name="disconnect_from_peer"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml index bcd9f3fb46..b635757b2b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ <param index="1" name="bind_address" type="String" default=""*"" /> <param index="2" name="recv_buf_size" type="int" default="65536" /> <description> - Binds this [PacketPeerUDP] to the specified [code]port[/code] and [code]address[/code] with a buffer size [code]recv_buf_size[/code], allowing it to receive incoming packets. - If [code]address[/code] is set to [code]"*"[/code] (default), the peer will be bound on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6). - If [code]address[/code] is set to [code]"0.0.0.0"[/code] (for IPv4) or [code]"::"[/code] (for IPv6), the peer will be bound to all available addresses matching that IP type. - If [code]address[/code] is set to any valid address (e.g. [code]"192.168.1.101"[/code], [code]"::1"[/code], etc), the peer will only be bound to the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface with the given address exists). + Binds this [PacketPeerUDP] to the specified [param port] and [param bind_address] with a buffer size [param recv_buf_size], allowing it to receive incoming packets. + If [param bind_address] is set to [code]"*"[/code] (default), the peer will be bound on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6). + If [param bind_address] is set to [code]"0.0.0.0"[/code] (for IPv4) or [code]"::"[/code] (for IPv6), the peer will be bound to all available addresses matching that IP type. + If [param bind_address] is set to any valid address (e.g. [code]"192.168.1.101"[/code], [code]"::1"[/code], etc), the peer will only be bound to the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface with the given address exists). </description> </method> <method name="close"> @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <param index="0" name="host" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Calling this method connects this UDP peer to the given [code]host[/code]/[code]port[/code] pair. UDP is in reality connectionless, so this option only means that incoming packets from different addresses are automatically discarded, and that outgoing packets are always sent to the connected address (future calls to [method set_dest_address] are not allowed). This method does not send any data to the remote peer, to do that, use [method PacketPeer.put_var] or [method PacketPeer.put_packet] as usual. See also [UDPServer]. + Calling this method connects this UDP peer to the given [param host]/[param port] pair. UDP is in reality connectionless, so this option only means that incoming packets from different addresses are automatically discarded, and that outgoing packets are always sent to the connected address (future calls to [method set_dest_address] are not allowed). This method does not send any data to the remote peer, to do that, use [method PacketPeer.put_var] or [method PacketPeer.put_packet] as usual. See also [UDPServer]. [b]Note:[/b] Connecting to the remote peer does not help to protect from malicious attacks like IP spoofing, etc. Think about using an encryption technique like SSL or DTLS if you feel like your application is transferring sensitive information. </description> </method> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ <param index="0" name="multicast_address" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="interface_name" type="String" /> <description> - Joins the multicast group specified by [code]multicast_address[/code] using the interface identified by [code]interface_name[/code]. + Joins the multicast group specified by [param multicast_address] using the interface identified by [param interface_name]. You can join the same multicast group with multiple interfaces. Use [method IP.get_local_interfaces] to know which are available. [b]Note:[/b] Some Android devices might require the [code]CHANGE_WIFI_MULTICAST_STATE[/code] permission for multicast to work. </description> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <param index="0" name="multicast_address" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="interface_name" type="String" /> <description> - Removes the interface identified by [code]interface_name[/code] from the multicast group specified by [code]multicast_address[/code]. + Removes the interface identified by [param interface_name] from the multicast group specified by [param multicast_address]. </description> </method> <method name="set_broadcast_enabled"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Performance.xml b/doc/classes/Performance.xml index f61c051a52..ddb290f007 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Performance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Performance.xml @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <param index="1" name="callable" type="Callable" /> <param index="2" name="arguments" type="Array" default="[]" /> <description> - Adds a custom monitor with the name [code]id[/code]. You can specify the category of the monitor using slash delimiters in [code]id[/code] (for example: [code]"Game/NumberOfNPCs"[/code]). If there is more than one slash delimiter, then the default category is used. The default category is [code]"Custom"[/code]. Prints an error if given [code]id[/code] is already present. + Adds a custom monitor with the name [param id]. You can specify the category of the monitor using slash delimiters in [param id] (for example: [code]"Game/NumberOfNPCs"[/code]). If there is more than one slash delimiter, then the default category is used. The default category is [code]"Custom"[/code]. Prints an error if given [param id] is already present. [codeblocks] [gdscript] func _ready(): @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the value of custom monitor with given [code]id[/code]. The callable is called to get the value of custom monitor. See also [method has_custom_monitor]. Prints an error if the given [code]id[/code] is absent. + Returns the value of custom monitor with given [param id]. The callable is called to get the value of custom monitor. See also [method has_custom_monitor]. Prints an error if the given [param id] is absent. </description> </method> <method name="get_custom_monitor_names"> @@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if custom monitor with the given [code]id[/code] is present, [code]false[/code] otherwise. + Returns [code]true[/code] if custom monitor with the given [param id] is present, [code]false[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> <method name="remove_custom_monitor"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the custom monitor with given [code]id[/code]. Prints an error if the given [code]id[/code] is already absent. + Removes the custom monitor with given [param id]. Prints an error if the given [param id] is already absent. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml index b9bffafdef..2350fd4458 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ <param index="1" name="test_only" type="bool" default="false" /> <param index="2" name="safe_margin" type="float" default="0.08" /> <description> - Moves the body along the vector [code]distance[/code]. In order to be frame rate independent in [method Node._physics_process] or [method Node._process], [code]distance[/code] should be computed using [code]delta[/code]. + Moves the body along the vector [param distance]. In order to be frame rate independent in [method Node._physics_process] or [method Node._process], [param distance] should be computed using [code]delta[/code]. Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about the collision when stopped, or when touching another body along the motion. - If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but the would-be collision information is given. - [code]safe_margin[/code] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody2D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). + If [param test_only] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but the would-be collision information is given. + [param safe_margin] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody2D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). </description> </method> <method name="remove_collision_exception_with"> @@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ <param index="2" name="collision" type="KinematicCollision2D" default="null" /> <param index="3" name="safe_margin" type="float" default="0.08" /> <description> - Checks for collisions without moving the body. In order to be frame rate independent in [method Node._physics_process] or [method Node._process], [code]distance[/code] should be computed using [code]delta[/code]. - Virtually sets the node's position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform2D], then tries to move the body along the vector [code]distance[/code]. Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would stop the body from moving along the whole path. - [code]collision[/code] is an optional object of type [KinematicCollision2D], which contains additional information about the collision when stopped, or when touching another body along the motion. - [code]safe_margin[/code] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody2D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). + Checks for collisions without moving the body. In order to be frame rate independent in [method Node._physics_process] or [method Node._process], [param distance] should be computed using [code]delta[/code]. + Virtually sets the node's position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform2D], then tries to move the body along the vector [param distance]. Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would stop the body from moving along the whole path. + [param collision] is an optional object of type [KinematicCollision2D], which contains additional information about the collision when stopped, or when touching another body along the motion. + [param safe_margin] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody2D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody3D.xml index 4a641e5040..3ef7fc9030 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody3D.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified linear or rotational [code]axis[/code] is locked. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified linear or rotational [param axis] is locked. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_exceptions"> @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ <param index="2" name="safe_margin" type="float" default="0.001" /> <param index="3" name="max_collisions" type="int" default="1" /> <description> - Moves the body along the vector [code]distance[/code]. In order to be frame rate independent in [method Node._physics_process] or [method Node._process], [code]distance[/code] should be computed using [code]delta[/code]. + Moves the body along the vector [param distance]. In order to be frame rate independent in [method Node._physics_process] or [method Node._process], [param distance] should be computed using [code]delta[/code]. The body will stop if it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision3D], which contains information about the collision when stopped, or when touching another body along the motion. - If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but the would-be collision information is given. - [code]safe_margin[/code] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody3D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). - [code]max_collisions[/code] allows to retrieve more than one collision result. + If [param test_only] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but the would-be collision information is given. + [param safe_margin] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody3D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). + [param max_collisions] allows to retrieve more than one collision result. </description> </method> <method name="remove_collision_exception_with"> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <param index="0" name="axis" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyAxis" /> <param index="1" name="lock" type="bool" /> <description> - Locks or unlocks the specified linear or rotational [code]axis[/code] depending on the value of [code]lock[/code]. + Locks or unlocks the specified linear or rotational [param axis] depending on the value of [param lock]. </description> </method> <method name="test_move"> @@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ <param index="3" name="safe_margin" type="float" default="0.001" /> <param index="4" name="max_collisions" type="int" default="1" /> <description> - Checks for collisions without moving the body. In order to be frame rate independent in [method Node._physics_process] or [method Node._process], [code]distance[/code] should be computed using [code]delta[/code]. - Virtually sets the node's position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform3D], then tries to move the body along the vector [code]distance[/code]. Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would stop the body from moving along the whole path. - [code]collision[/code] is an optional object of type [KinematicCollision3D], which contains additional information about the collision when stopped, or when touching another body along the motion. - [code]safe_margin[/code] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody3D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). - [code]max_collisions[/code] allows to retrieve more than one collision result. + Checks for collisions without moving the body. In order to be frame rate independent in [method Node._physics_process] or [method Node._process], [param distance] should be computed using [code]delta[/code]. + Virtually sets the node's position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform3D], then tries to move the body along the vector [param distance]. Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would stop the body from moving along the whole path. + [param collision] is an optional object of type [KinematicCollision3D], which contains additional information about the collision when stopped, or when touching another body along the motion. + [param safe_margin] is the extra margin used for collision recovery (see [member CharacterBody3D.collision/safe_margin] for more details). + [param max_collisions] allows to retrieve more than one collision result. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml index 56367fbf0c..93c9f83ff2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector2" default="Vector2(0, 0)" /> <description> Adds a constant positioned force to the body that keeps being applied over time until cleared with [code]constant_force = Vector2(0, 0)[/code]. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="add_constant_torque"> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector2" default="Vector2(0, 0)" /> <description> Applies a positioned force to the body. A force is time dependent and meant to be applied every physics update. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="apply_impulse"> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <description> Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. For this reason, it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts (use the "_force" functions otherwise). - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="apply_torque"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml index b05960b035..62eb9f6ac4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector3" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)" /> <description> Adds a constant positioned force to the body that keeps being applied over time until cleared with [code]constant_force = Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code]. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="add_constant_torque"> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector3" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)" /> <description> Applies a positioned force to the body. A force is time dependent and meant to be applied every physics update. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="apply_impulse"> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <description> Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. For this reason, it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts (use the "_force" functions otherwise). - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="apply_torque"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.xml index e5a9e5dacf..6290ea315f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.xml @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ [code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID. [code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID]. [code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape. - The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] parameter, to reduce the processing time. + The number of intersections can be limited with the [param max_results] parameter, to reduce the processing time. [b]Note:[/b] [ConcavePolygonShape2D]s and [CollisionPolygon2D]s in [code]Segments[/code] build mode are not solid shapes. Therefore, they will not be detected. </description> </method> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ [code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID. [code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID]. [code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape. - The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] parameter, to reduce the processing time. + The number of intersections can be limited with the [param max_results] parameter, to reduce the processing time. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D.xml index 6539edd4fe..619891df90 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D.xml @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ [code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID. [code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID]. [code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape. - The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] parameter, to reduce the processing time. + The number of intersections can be limited with the [param max_results] parameter, to reduce the processing time. </description> </method> <method name="intersect_ray"> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ [code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID. [code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID]. [code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape. - The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] parameter, to reduce the processing time. + The number of intersections can be limited with the [param max_results] parameter, to reduce the processing time. [b]Note:[/b] This method does not take into account the [code]motion[/code] property of the object. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml index 4bb44223b3..d7b5f24f4a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ <param index="2" name="position" type="Vector2" default="Vector2(0, 0)" /> <description> Adds a constant positioned force to the body that keeps being applied over time until cleared with [code]body_set_constant_force(body, Vector2(0, 0))[/code]. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="body_add_constant_torque"> @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ <param index="2" name="position" type="Vector2" default="Vector2(0, 0)" /> <description> Applies a positioned force to the body. A force is time dependent and meant to be applied every physics update. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="body_apply_impulse"> @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ <description> Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. For this reason, it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts (use the "_force" functions otherwise). - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="body_apply_torque"> @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ <param index="2" name="enable" type="bool" /> <param index="3" name="margin" type="float" /> <description> - Enables one way collision on body if [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code]. + Enables one way collision on body if [param enable] is [code]true[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="body_set_shape_disabled"> @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="disabled" type="bool" /> <description> - Disables shape in body if [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code]. + Disables shape in body if [param disabled] is [code]true[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="body_set_shape_transform"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml index b76e9dfdf4..c5456f7536 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ <param index="2" name="position" type="Vector3" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)" /> <description> Adds a constant positioned force to the body that keeps being applied over time until cleared with [code]body_set_constant_force(body, Vector3(0, 0, 0))[/code]. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="body_add_constant_torque"> @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ <param index="2" name="position" type="Vector3" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)" /> <description> Applies a positioned force to the body. A force is time dependent and meant to be applied every physics update. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="body_apply_impulse"> @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ <description> Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. For this reason, it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts (use the "_force" functions otherwise). - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="body_apply_torque"> @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets the body pickable with rays if [code]enabled[/code] is set. + Sets the body pickable with rays if [param enable] is set. </description> </method> <method name="body_set_shape"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Plane.xml b/doc/classes/Plane.xml index 63a05ef15c..e51e3753fc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Plane.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Plane.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <param index="2" name="c" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="d" type="float" /> <description> - Creates a plane from the four parameters. The three components of the resulting plane's [member normal] are [code]a[/code], [code]b[/code] and [code]c[/code], and the plane has a distance of [code]d[/code] from the origin. + Creates a plane from the four parameters. The three components of the resulting plane's [member normal] are [param a], [param b] and [param c], and the plane has a distance of [param d] from the origin. </description> </constructor> <constructor name="Plane"> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns the shortest distance from the plane to the position [code]point[/code]. If the point is above the plane, the distance will be positive. If below, the distance will be negative. + Returns the shortest distance from the plane to the position [param point]. If the point is above the plane, the distance will be positive. If below, the distance will be negative. </description> </method> <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector3" /> <param index="1" name="tolerance" type="float" default="1e-05" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is inside the plane. Comparison uses a custom minimum [code]tolerance[/code] threshold. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [param point] is inside the plane. Comparison uses a custom minimum [param tolerance] threshold. </description> </method> <method name="intersect_3" qualifiers="const"> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <param index="0" name="b" type="Plane" /> <param index="1" name="c" type="Plane" /> <description> - Returns the intersection point of the three planes [code]b[/code], [code]c[/code] and this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. + Returns the intersection point of the three planes [param b], [param c] and this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. </description> </method> <method name="intersects_ray" qualifiers="const"> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector3" /> <param index="1" name="dir" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns the intersection point of a ray consisting of the position [code]from[/code] and the direction normal [code]dir[/code] with this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. + Returns the intersection point of a ray consisting of the position [param from] and the direction normal [param dir] with this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. </description> </method> <method name="intersects_segment" qualifiers="const"> @@ -109,21 +109,21 @@ <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector3" /> <param index="1" name="to" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns the intersection point of a segment from position [code]from[/code] to position [code]to[/code] with this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. + Returns the intersection point of a segment from position [param from] to position [param to] with this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned. </description> </method> <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="to_plane" type="Plane" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if this plane and [code]plane[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. + Returns [code]true[/code] if this plane and [param to_plane] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. </description> </method> <method name="is_point_over" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is located above the plane. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [param point] is located above the plane. </description> </method> <method name="normalized" qualifiers="const"> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ <return type="Vector3" /> <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns the orthogonal projection of [code]point[/code] into a point in the plane. + Returns the orthogonal projection of [param point] into a point in the plane. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml b/doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml index 8498e703fb..5d5c69aadd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <param index="0" name="path" type="NodePath" /> <param index="1" name="weights" type="PackedFloat32Array" /> <description> - Adds a bone with the specified [code]path[/code] and [code]weights[/code]. + Adds a bone with the specified [param path] and [param weights]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_bones"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml index 410489481e..26bc765ef4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ <param index="1" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="2" name="accel" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> <description> - Adds a new checkable item with text [code]label[/code]. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. + Adds a new checkable item with text [param label]. + An [param id] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([param accel]). If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [param accel] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. [b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See [method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it. </description> </method> @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <param index="2" name="global" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Adds a new checkable item and assigns the specified [Shortcut] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the [Shortcut]'s name. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. + An [param id] can optionally be provided. If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. [b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See [method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it. </description> </method> @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ <param index="2" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="3" name="accel" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> <description> - Adds a new checkable item with text [code]label[/code] and icon [code]texture[/code]. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. + Adds a new checkable item with text [param label] and icon [param texture]. + An [param id] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([param accel]). If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [param accel] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. [b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See [method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it. </description> </method> @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ <param index="2" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="3" name="global" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Adds a new checkable item and assigns the specified [Shortcut] and icon [code]texture[/code] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the [Shortcut]'s name. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. + Adds a new checkable item and assigns the specified [Shortcut] and icon [param texture] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the [Shortcut]'s name. + An [param id] can optionally be provided. If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. [b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See [method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it. </description> </method> @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ <param index="2" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="3" name="accel" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> <description> - Adds a new item with text [code]label[/code] and icon [code]texture[/code]. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. + Adds a new item with text [param label] and icon [param texture]. + An [param id] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([param accel]). If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [param accel] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. </description> </method> <method name="add_icon_radio_check_item"> @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ <param index="2" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="3" name="global" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Adds a new item and assigns the specified [Shortcut] and icon [code]texture[/code] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the [Shortcut]'s name. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. + Adds a new item and assigns the specified [Shortcut] and icon [param texture] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the [Shortcut]'s name. + An [param id] can optionally be provided. If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. </description> </method> <method name="add_item"> @@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ <param index="1" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="2" name="accel" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> <description> - Adds a new item with text [code]label[/code]. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. - [b]Note:[/b] The provided [code]id[/code] is used only in [signal id_pressed] and [signal id_focused] signals. It's not related to the [code]index[/code] arguments in e.g. [method set_item_checked]. + Adds a new item with text [param label]. + An [param id] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([param accel]). If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [param accel] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. + [b]Note:[/b] The provided [param id] is used only in [signal id_pressed] and [signal id_focused] signals. It's not related to the [code]index[/code] arguments in e.g. [method set_item_checked]. </description> </method> <method name="add_multistate_item"> @@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ <param index="3" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="4" name="accel" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> <description> - Adds a new multistate item with text [code]label[/code]. - Contrarily to normal binary items, multistate items can have more than two states, as defined by [code]max_states[/code]. Each press or activate of the item will increase the state by one. The default value is defined by [code]default_state[/code]. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. + Adds a new multistate item with text [param label]. + Contrarily to normal binary items, multistate items can have more than two states, as defined by [param max_states]. Each press or activate of the item will increase the state by one. The default value is defined by [param default_state]. + An [param id] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([param accel]). If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [param accel] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. </description> </method> <method name="add_radio_check_item"> @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ <param index="1" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="2" name="accel" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> <description> - Adds a new radio check button with text [code]label[/code]. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. + Adds a new radio check button with text [param label]. + An [param id] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator ([param accel]). If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. If no [param accel] is provided then the default [code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info on accelerators. [b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See [method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it. </description> </method> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ <param index="2" name="global" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Adds a new radio check button and assigns a [Shortcut] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the [Shortcut]'s name. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. + An [param id] can optionally be provided. If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. [b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See [method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it. </description> </method> @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ <param index="0" name="label" type="String" default="""" /> <param index="1" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds a separator between items. Separators also occupy an index, which you can set by using the [code]id[/code] parameter. - A [code]label[/code] can optionally be provided, which will appear at the center of the separator. + Adds a separator between items. Separators also occupy an index, which you can set by using the [param id] parameter. + A [param label] can optionally be provided, which will appear at the center of the separator. </description> </method> <method name="add_shortcut"> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ <param index="2" name="global" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Adds a [Shortcut]. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. + An [param id] can optionally be provided. If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. </description> </method> <method name="add_submenu_item"> @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ <param index="1" name="submenu" type="String" /> <param index="2" name="id" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds an item that will act as a submenu of the parent [PopupMenu] node when clicked. The [code]submenu[/code] argument is the name of the child [PopupMenu] node that will be shown when the item is clicked. - An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created from the index. + Adds an item that will act as a submenu of the parent [PopupMenu] node when clicked. The [param submenu] argument is the name of the child [PopupMenu] node that will be shown when the item is clicked. + An [param id] can optionally be provided. If no [param id] is provided, one will be created from the index. </description> </method> <method name="clear"> @@ -192,35 +192,35 @@ <return type="int" enum="Key" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the accelerator of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. Accelerators are special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which control is focused. + Returns the accelerator of the item at the given [param index]. Accelerators are special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which control is focused. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_horizontal_offset" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the horizontal offset of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Returns the horizontal offset of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_icon" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Texture2D" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the icon of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Returns the icon of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the id of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. [code]id[/code] can be manually assigned, while index can not. + Returns the id of the item at the given [param index]. [code]id[/code] can be manually assigned, while index can not. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the index of the item containing the specified [code]id[/code]. Index is automatically assigned to each item by the engine and can not be set manually. + Returns the index of the item containing the specified [param id]. Index is automatically assigned to each item by the engine and can not be set manually. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_language" qualifiers="const"> @@ -241,21 +241,21 @@ <return type="Shortcut" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Shortcut] associated with the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Returns the [Shortcut] associated with the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_submenu" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the submenu name of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. See [method add_submenu_item] for more info on how to add a submenu. + Returns the submenu name of the item at the given [param index]. See [method add_submenu_item] for more info on how to add a submenu. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the text of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Returns the text of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_text_direction" qualifiers="const"> @@ -269,14 +269,14 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the tooltip associated with the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Returns the tooltip associated with the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="is_item_checkable" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the given [code]index[/code] is checkable in some way, i.e. if it has a checkbox or radio button. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the given [param index] is checkable in some way, i.e. if it has a checkbox or radio button. [b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark or radio button, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. </description> </method> @@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the given [code]index[/code] is checked. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the given [param index] is checked. </description> </method> <method name="is_item_disabled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the given [code]index[/code] is disabled. When it is disabled it can't be selected, or its action invoked. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the given [param index] is disabled. When it is disabled it can't be selected, or its action invoked. See [method set_item_disabled] for more info on how to disable an item. </description> </method> @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the given [code]index[/code] has radio button-style checkability. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the given [param index] has radio button-style checkability. [b]Note:[/b] This is purely cosmetic; you must add the logic for checking/unchecking items in radio groups. </description> </method> @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the item at the given [code]index[/code] from the menu. + Removes the item at the given [param index] from the menu. [b]Note:[/b] The indices of items after the removed item will be shifted by one. </description> </method> @@ -329,14 +329,14 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the scroll view to make the item at the given [code]index[/code] visible. + Moves the scroll view to make the item at the given [param index] visible. </description> </method> <method name="set_current_index"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the currently focused item as the given [code]index[/code]. + Sets the currently focused item as the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_accelerator"> @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="accel" type="int" enum="Key" /> <description> - Sets the accelerator of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. Accelerators are special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which control is focused. + Sets the accelerator of the item at the given [param index]. Accelerators are special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which control is focused. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_as_checkable"> @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the item at the given [code]index[/code] has a checkbox. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text. + Sets whether the item at the given [param index] has a checkbox. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text. [b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. </description> </method> @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets the type of the item at the given [code]index[/code] to radio button. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text. + Sets the type of the item at the given [param index] to radio button. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_as_separator"> @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - Mark the item at the given [code]index[/code] as a separator, which means that it would be displayed as a line. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text. + Mark the item at the given [param index] as a separator, which means that it would be displayed as a line. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_checked"> @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="checked" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets the checkstate status of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Sets the checkstate status of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_disabled"> @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="disabled" type="bool" /> <description> - Enables/disables the item at the given [code]index[/code]. When it is disabled, it can't be selected and its action can't be invoked. + Enables/disables the item at the given [param index]. When it is disabled, it can't be selected and its action can't be invoked. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_horizontal_offset"> @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="offset" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the horizontal offset of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Sets the horizontal offset of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_icon"> @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Replaces the [Texture2D] icon of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Replaces the [Texture2D] icon of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_id"> @@ -409,8 +409,8 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the [code]id[/code] of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. - The [code]id[/code] is used in [signal id_pressed] and [signal id_focused] signals. + Sets the [param id] of the item at the given [param index]. + The [param id] is used in [signal id_pressed] and [signal id_focused] signals. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_language"> @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ <param index="1" name="shortcut" type="Shortcut" /> <param index="2" name="global" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Sets a [Shortcut] for the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Sets a [Shortcut] for the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_shortcut_disabled"> @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="disabled" type="bool" /> <description> - Disables the [Shortcut] of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Disables the [Shortcut] of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_submenu"> @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="submenu" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the submenu of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. The submenu is the name of a child [PopupMenu] node that would be shown when the item is clicked. + Sets the submenu of the item at the given [param index]. The submenu is the name of a child [PopupMenu] node that would be shown when the item is clicked. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_text"> @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="text" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the text of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Sets the text of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="set_item_text_direction"> @@ -483,14 +483,14 @@ <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="tooltip" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the [String] tooltip of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Sets the [String] tooltip of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="toggle_item_checked"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Toggles the check state of the item at the given [code]index[/code]. + Toggles the check state of the item at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="toggle_item_multistate"> @@ -525,19 +525,19 @@ <signal name="id_focused"> <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when user navigated to an item of some [code]id[/code] using [code]ui_up[/code] or [code]ui_down[/code] action. + Emitted when user navigated to an item of some [param id] using [code]ui_up[/code] or [code]ui_down[/code] action. </description> </signal> <signal name="id_pressed"> <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when an item of some [code]id[/code] is pressed or its accelerator is activated. + Emitted when an item of some [param id] is pressed or its accelerator is activated. </description> </signal> <signal name="index_pressed"> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when an item of some [code]index[/code] is pressed or its accelerator is activated. + Emitted when an item of some [param index] is pressed or its accelerator is activated. </description> </signal> </signals> @@ -594,12 +594,21 @@ <theme_item name="checked" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> [Texture2D] icon for the checked checkbox items. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="checked_disabled" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + [Texture2D] icon for the checked checkbox items when they are disabled. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="radio_checked" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> [Texture2D] icon for the checked radio button items. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="radio_checked_disabled" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + [Texture2D] icon for the checked radio button items when they are disabled. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="radio_unchecked" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> [Texture2D] icon for the unchecked radio button items. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="radio_unchecked_disabled" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + [Texture2D] icon for the unchecked radio button items when they are disabled. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="submenu" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> [Texture2D] icon for the submenu arrow (for left-to-right layouts). </theme_item> @@ -609,6 +618,9 @@ <theme_item name="unchecked" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> [Texture2D] icon for the unchecked checkbox items. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="unchecked_disabled" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + [Texture2D] icon for the unchecked checkbox items when they are disabled. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hover" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] displayed when the [PopupMenu] item is hovered. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml index a6c18bbe2f..9dd41d270e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <description> - Returns the absolute, native OS path corresponding to the localized [code]path[/code] (starting with [code]res://[/code] or [code]user://[/code]). The returned path will vary depending on the operating system and user preferences. See [url=$DOCS_URL/tutorials/io/data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] to see what those paths convert to. See also [method localize_path]. + Returns the absolute, native OS path corresponding to the localized [param path] (starting with [code]res://[/code] or [code]user://[/code]). The returned path will vary depending on the operating system and user preferences. See [url=$DOCS_URL/tutorials/io/data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] to see what those paths convert to. See also [method localize_path]. [b]Note:[/b] [method globalize_path] with [code]res://[/code] will not work in an exported project. Instead, prepend the executable's base directory to the path when running from an exported project: [codeblock] var path = "" @@ -117,16 +117,16 @@ <param index="1" name="replace_files" type="bool" default="true" /> <param index="2" name="offset" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Loads the contents of the .pck or .zip file specified by [code]pack[/code] into the resource filesystem ([code]res://[/code]). Returns [code]true[/code] on success. - [b]Note:[/b] If a file from [code]pack[/code] shares the same path as a file already in the resource filesystem, any attempts to load that file will use the file from [code]pack[/code] unless [code]replace_files[/code] is set to [code]false[/code]. - [b]Note:[/b] The optional [code]offset[/code] parameter can be used to specify the offset in bytes to the start of the resource pack. This is only supported for .pck files. + Loads the contents of the .pck or .zip file specified by [param pack] into the resource filesystem ([code]res://[/code]). Returns [code]true[/code] on success. + [b]Note:[/b] If a file from [param pack] shares the same path as a file already in the resource filesystem, any attempts to load that file will use the file from [param pack] unless [param replace_files] is set to [code]false[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] The optional [param offset] parameter can be used to specify the offset in bytes to the start of the resource pack. This is only supported for .pck files. </description> </method> <method name="localize_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <description> - Returns the localized path (starting with [code]res://[/code]) corresponding to the absolute, native OS [code]path[/code]. See also [method globalize_path]. + Returns the localized path (starting with [code]res://[/code]) corresponding to the absolute, native OS [param path]. See also [method globalize_path]. </description> </method> <method name="property_can_revert"> @@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ </member> <member name="rendering/textures/default_filters/texture_mipmap_bias" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="0.0"> Affects the final texture sharpness by reading from a lower or higher mipmap (also called "texture LOD bias"). Negative values make mipmapped textures sharper but grainier when viewed at a distance, while positive values make mipmapped textures blurrier (even when up close). To get sharper textures at a distance without introducing too much graininess, set this between [code]-0.75[/code] and [code]0.0[/code]. Enabling temporal antialiasing ([member rendering/anti_aliasing/quality/use_taa]) can help reduce the graininess visible when using negative mipmap bias. - [b]Note:[/b] When the 3D scaling mode is set to FSR 1.0, this value is used to adjust the automatic mipmap bias which is calculated internally based on the scale factor. The formula for this is [code]-log2(1.0 / scale) + mipmap_bias[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] If [member rendering/scaling_3d/scale] is lower than [code]1.0[/code] (exclusive), [member rendering/textures/default_filters/texture_mipmap_bias] is used to adjust the automatic mipmap bias which is calculated internally based on the scale factor. The formula for this is [code]log2(scaling_3d_scale) + mipmap_bias[/code]. [b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change the mipmap LOD bias at run-time, set [member Viewport.texture_mipmap_bias] instead. </member> <member name="rendering/textures/default_filters/use_nearest_mipmap_filter" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Quaternion.xml b/doc/classes/Quaternion.xml index e75d4ea737..6fb5b6d181 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Quaternion.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Quaternion.xml @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="to" type="Quaternion" /> <description> - Returns the angle between this quaternion and [code]to[/code]. This is the magnitude of the angle you would need to rotate by to get from one to the other. + Returns the angle between this quaternion and [param to]. This is the magnitude of the angle you would need to rotate by to get from one to the other. [b]Note:[/b] This method has an abnormally high amount of floating-point error, so methods such as [code]is_zero_approx[/code] will not work reliably. </description> </method> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="to" type="Quaternion" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if this quaternion and [code]quat[/code] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. + Returns [code]true[/code] if this quaternion and [param to] are approximately equal, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_equal_approx] on each component. </description> </method> <method name="is_normalized" qualifiers="const"> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ <param index="0" name="to" type="Quaternion" /> <param index="1" name="weight" type="float" /> <description> - Returns the result of the spherical linear interpolation between this quaternion and [code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code]. + Returns the result of the spherical linear interpolation between this quaternion and [param to] by amount [param weight]. [b]Note:[/b] Both quaternions must be normalized. </description> </method> @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ <param index="0" name="to" type="Quaternion" /> <param index="1" name="weight" type="float" /> <description> - Returns the result of the spherical linear interpolation between this quaternion and [code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code], but without checking if the rotation path is not bigger than 90 degrees. + Returns the result of the spherical linear interpolation between this quaternion and [param to] by amount [param weight], but without checking if the rotation path is not bigger than 90 degrees. </description> </method> <method name="spherical_cubic_interpolate" qualifiers="const"> @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ <param index="2" name="post_b" type="Quaternion" /> <param index="3" name="weight" type="float" /> <description> - Performs a spherical cubic interpolation between quaternions [code]pre_a[/code], this vector, [code]b[/code], and [code]post_b[/code], by the given amount [code]weight[/code]. + Performs a spherical cubic interpolation between quaternions [param pre_a], this vector, [param b], and [param post_b], by the given amount [param weight]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml b/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml index 726f9e91d8..b8a290381f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <param index="0" name="from" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="to" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a pseudo-random float between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] (inclusive). + Returns a pseudo-random float between [param from] and [param to] (inclusive). </description> </method> <method name="randfn"> @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <param index="0" name="mean" type="float" default="0.0" /> <param index="1" name="deviation" type="float" default="1.0" /> <description> - Returns a [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normal_distribution]normally-distributed[/url] pseudo-random number, using Box-Muller transform with the specified [code]mean[/code] and a standard [code]deviation[/code]. This is also called Gaussian distribution. + Returns a [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normal_distribution]normally-distributed[/url] pseudo-random number, using Box-Muller transform with the specified [param mean] and a standard [param deviation]. This is also called Gaussian distribution. </description> </method> <method name="randi"> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <param index="0" name="from" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a pseudo-random 32-bit signed integer between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] (inclusive). + Returns a pseudo-random 32-bit signed integer between [param from] and [param to] (inclusive). </description> </method> <method name="randomize"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Range.xml b/doc/classes/Range.xml index a4be738395..16e6e86f9e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Range.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Range.xml @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="float" /> <description> Emitted when [member value] changes. When used on a [Slider], this is called continuously while dragging (potentially every frame). If you are performing an expensive operation in a function connected to [signal value_changed], consider using a [i]debouncing[/i] [Timer] to call the function less often. - [b]Note:[/b] Unlike signals such as [signal LineEdit.text_changed], [signal value_changed] is also emitted when [code]value[/code] is set directly via code. + [b]Note:[/b] Unlike signals such as [signal LineEdit.text_changed], [signal value_changed] is also emitted when [param value] is set directly via code. </description> </signal> </signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml b/doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml index bbf29c1f44..4f4395a433 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_normal" qualifiers="const"> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="bool" /> <description> - Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Based on [param value], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/RayCast3D.xml b/doc/classes/RayCast3D.xml index 09ce79191d..7cc6fc55cd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RayCast3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RayCast3D.xml @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_normal" qualifiers="const"> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="bool" /> <description> - Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Based on [param value], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Rect2.xml b/doc/classes/Rect2.xml index 082075b161..7132f4f0b5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Rect2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Rect2.xml @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <return type="Rect2" /> <param index="0" name="amount" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown by the specified [code]amount[/code] on all sides. + Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown by the specified [param amount] on all sides. </description> </method> <method name="grow_individual" qualifiers="const"> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ <param index="0" name="side" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="amount" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown by the specified [code]amount[/code] on the specified [enum Side]. + Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown by the specified [param amount] on the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> <method name="has_no_area" qualifiers="const"> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ <return type="Rect2" /> <param index="0" name="b" type="Rect2" /> <description> - Returns the intersection of this [Rect2] and [code]b[/code]. + Returns the intersection of this [Rect2] and [param b]. If the rectangles do not intersect, an empty [Rect2] is returned. </description> </method> @@ -156,21 +156,21 @@ <param index="1" name="include_borders" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] overlaps with [code]b[/code] (i.e. they have at least one point in common). - If [code]include_borders[/code] is [code]true[/code], they will also be considered overlapping if their borders touch, even without intersection. + If [param include_borders] is [code]true[/code], they will also be considered overlapping if their borders touch, even without intersection. </description> </method> <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="rect" type="Rect2" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2] and [code]rect[/code] are approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each component. + Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2] and [param rect] are approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each component. </description> </method> <method name="merge" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2" /> <param index="0" name="b" type="Rect2" /> <description> - Returns a larger [Rect2] that contains this [Rect2] and [code]b[/code]. + Returns a larger [Rect2] that contains this [Rect2] and [param b]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml b/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml index a71380c69a..d5d68bde31 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ <return type="Rect2i" /> <param index="0" name="amount" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the [Rect2i] grown by the specified [code]amount[/code] on all sides. + Returns a copy of the [Rect2i] grown by the specified [param amount] on all sides. </description> </method> <method name="grow_individual" qualifiers="const"> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ <param index="0" name="side" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="amount" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the [Rect2i] grown by the specified [code]amount[/code] on the specified [enum Side]. + Returns a copy of the [Rect2i] grown by the specified [param amount] on the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> <method name="has_no_area" qualifiers="const"> @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ <return type="Rect2i" /> <param index="0" name="b" type="Rect2i" /> <description> - Returns a larger [Rect2i] that contains this [Rect2i] and [code]b[/code]. + Returns a larger [Rect2i] that contains this [Rect2i] and [param b]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml index 19a75c8515..bd930bf93f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ <param index="3" name="z_near" type="float" /> <param index="4" name="z_far" type="float" /> <description> - Sets camera to use frustum projection. This mode allows adjusting the [code]offset[/code] argument to create "tilted frustum" effects. + Sets camera to use frustum projection. This mode allows adjusting the [param offset] argument to create "tilted frustum" effects. </description> </method> <method name="camera_set_orthogonal"> @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ <param index="0" name="size" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="depth" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the resolution of the volumetric fog's froxel buffer. [code]size[/code] is modified by the screen's aspect ratio and then used to set the width and height of the buffer. While [code]depth[/code] is directly used to set the depth of the buffer. + Sets the resolution of the volumetric fog's froxel buffer. [param size] is modified by the screen's aspect ratio and then used to set the width and height of the buffer. While [param depth] is directly used to set the depth of the buffer. </description> </method> <method name="fog_volume_create"> @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="half_resolution" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]half_resolution[/code] is [code]true[/code], renders [VoxelGI] and SDFGI ([member Environment.sdfgi_enabled]) buffers at halved resolution (e.g. 960×540 when the viewport size is 1920×1080). This improves performance significantly when VoxelGI or SDFGI is enabled, at the cost of artifacts that may be visible on polygon edges. The loss in quality becomes less noticeable as the viewport resolution increases. [LightmapGI] rendering is not affected by this setting. See also [member ProjectSettings.rendering/global_illumination/gi/use_half_resolution]. + If [param half_resolution] is [code]true[/code], renders [VoxelGI] and SDFGI ([member Environment.sdfgi_enabled]) buffers at halved resolution (e.g. 960×540 when the viewport size is 1920×1080). This improves performance significantly when VoxelGI or SDFGI is enabled, at the cost of artifacts that may be visible on polygon edges. The loss in quality becomes less noticeable as the viewport resolution increases. [LightmapGI] rendering is not affected by this setting. See also [member ProjectSettings.rendering/global_illumination/gi/use_half_resolution]. </description> </method> <method name="global_shader_uniform_add"> @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="feature" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the OS supports a certain feature. Features might be [code]s3tc[/code], [code]etc[/code], and [code]etc2[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the OS supports a certain [param feature]. Features might be [code]s3tc[/code], [code]etc[/code], and [code]etc2[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="instance_attach_object_instance_id"> @@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ <param index="1" name="transparency" type="float" /> <description> Sets the transparency for the given geometry instance. Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance3D.transparency]. - A transparency of [code]0.0[/code] is fully opaque, while [code]1.0[/code] is fully transparent. Values greater than [code]0.0[/code] (exclusive) will force the geometry's materials to go through the transparent pipeline, which is slower to render and can exhibit rendering issues due to incorrect transparency sorting. However, unlike using a transparent material, setting [code]transparency[/code] to a value greater than [code]0.0[/code] (exclusive) will [i]not[/i] disable shadow rendering. + A transparency of [code]0.0[/code] is fully opaque, while [code]1.0[/code] is fully transparent. Values greater than [code]0.0[/code] (exclusive) will force the geometry's materials to go through the transparent pipeline, which is slower to render and can exhibit rendering issues due to incorrect transparency sorting. However, unlike using a transparent material, setting [param transparency] to a value greater than [code]0.0[/code] (exclusive) will [i]not[/i] disable shadow rendering. In spatial shaders, [code]1.0 - transparency[/code] is set as the default value of the [code]ALPHA[/code] built-in. - [b]Note:[/b] [code]transparency[/code] is clamped between [code]0.0[/code] and [code]1.0[/code], so this property cannot be used to make transparent materials more opaque than they originally are. + [b]Note:[/b] [param transparency] is clamped between [code]0.0[/code] and [code]1.0[/code], so this property cannot be used to make transparent materials more opaque than they originally are. </description> </method> <method name="instance_geometry_set_visibility_range"> @@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ <param index="2" name="scale" type="bool" /> <param index="3" name="use_filter" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Sets a boot image. The color defines the background color. If [code]scale[/code] is [code]true[/code], the image will be scaled to fit the screen size. If [code]use_filter[/code] is [code]true[/code], the image will be scaled with linear interpolation. If [code]use_filter[/code] is [code]false[/code], the image will be scaled with nearest-neighbor interpolation. + Sets a boot image. The color defines the background color. If [param scale] is [code]true[/code], the image will be scaled to fit the screen size. If [param use_filter] is [code]true[/code], the image will be scaled with linear interpolation. If [param use_filter] is [code]false[/code], the image will be scaled with nearest-neighbor interpolation. </description> </method> <method name="set_debug_generate_wireframes"> @@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@ <param index="2" name="index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Returns a default texture from a shader searched by name. - [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [code]index[/code] to access the specified texture. + [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [param index] to access the specified texture. </description> </method> <method name="shader_get_param_default" qualifiers="const"> @@ -2763,7 +2763,7 @@ <param index="3" name="index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Sets a shader's default texture. Overwrites the texture given by name. - [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [code]index[/code] to access the specified texture. + [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [param index] to access the specified texture. </description> </method> <method name="shader_set_path_hint"> @@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ <param index="1" name="rect" type="Rect2" default="Rect2(0, 0, 0, 0)" /> <param index="2" name="screen" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Copies the viewport to a region of the screen specified by [code]rect[/code]. If [method viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen] is [code]true[/code], then the viewport does not use a framebuffer and the contents of the viewport are rendered directly to screen. However, note that the root viewport is drawn last, therefore it will draw over the screen. Accordingly, you must set the root viewport to an area that does not cover the area that you have attached this viewport to. + Copies the viewport to a region of the screen specified by [param rect]. If [method viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen] is [code]true[/code], then the viewport does not use a framebuffer and the contents of the viewport are rendered directly to screen. However, note that the root viewport is drawn last, therefore it will draw over the screen. Accordingly, you must set the root viewport to an area that does not cover the area that you have attached this viewport to. For example, you can set the root viewport to not render at all with the following code: FIXME: The method seems to be non-existent. [codeblocks] @@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ <param index="3" name="sublayer" type="int" /> <description> Sets the stacking order for a viewport's canvas. - [code]layer[/code] is the actual canvas layer, while [code]sublayer[/code] specifies the stacking order of the canvas among those in the same layer. + [param layer] is the actual canvas layer, while [param sublayer] specifies the stacking order of the canvas among those in the same layer. </description> </method> <method name="viewport_set_canvas_transform"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Resource.xml b/doc/classes/Resource.xml index b5a2179463..3adf10da2d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Resource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Resource.xml @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ <param index="0" name="subresources" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Duplicates the resource, returning a new resource with the exported members copied. [b]Note:[/b] To duplicate the resource the constructor is called without arguments. This method will error when the constructor doesn't have default values. - By default, sub-resources are shared between resource copies for efficiency. This can be changed by passing [code]true[/code] to the [code]subresources[/code] argument which will copy the subresources. - [b]Note:[/b] If [code]subresources[/code] is [code]true[/code], this method will only perform a shallow copy. Nested resources within subresources will not be duplicated and will still be shared. + By default, sub-resources are shared between resource copies for efficiency. This can be changed by passing [code]true[/code] to the [param subresources] argument which will copy the subresources. + [b]Note:[/b] If [param subresources] is [code]true[/code], this method will only perform a shallow copy. Nested resources within subresources will not be duplicated and will still be shared. [b]Note:[/b] When duplicating a resource, only [code]export[/code]ed properties are copied. Other properties will be set to their default value in the new resource. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml index cfa1b9f5d7..9b8c8d4d9d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="add_types" type="bool" /> <description> - If implemented, gets the dependencies of a given resource. If [code]add_types[/code] is [code]true[/code], paths should be appended [code]::TypeName[/code], where [code]TypeName[/code] is the class name of the dependency. + If implemented, gets the dependencies of a given resource. If [param add_types] is [code]true[/code], paths should be appended [code]::TypeName[/code], where [code]TypeName[/code] is the class name of the dependency. [b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the [ClassDB], so you might just return [code]"Resource"[/code] for them. </description> </method> @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ <param index="2" name="use_sub_threads" type="bool" /> <param index="3" name="cache_mode" type="int" /> <description> - Loads a resource when the engine finds this loader to be compatible. If the loaded resource is the result of an import, [code]original_path[/code] will target the source file. Returns a [Resource] object on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of failure. - The [code]cache_mode[/code] property defines whether and how the cache should be used or updated when loading the resource. See [enum CacheMode] for details. + Loads a resource when the engine finds this loader to be compatible. If the loaded resource is the result of an import, [param original_path] will target the source file. Returns a [Resource] object on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of failure. + The [param cache_mode] property defines whether and how the cache should be used or updated when loading the resource. See [enum CacheMode] for details. </description> </method> <method name="_rename_dependencies" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="renames" type="Dictionary" /> <description> - If implemented, renames dependencies within the given resource and saves it. [code]renames[/code] is a dictionary [code]{ String => String }[/code] mapping old dependency paths to new paths. + If implemented, renames dependencies within the given resource and saves it. [param renames] is a dictionary [code]{ String => String }[/code] mapping old dependency paths to new paths. Returns [constant OK] on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of failure. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml index 93f3a732bc..a84c2165f5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <param index="1" name="resource" type="String" /> <param index="2" name="flags" type="int" /> <description> - Saves the given resource object to a file at the target [code]path[/code]. [code]flags[/code] is a bitmask composed with [enum ResourceSaver.SaverFlags] constants. + Saves the given resource object to a file at the target [param path]. [param flags] is a bitmask composed with [enum ResourceSaver.SaverFlags] constants. Returns [constant OK] on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of failure. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml index 1632be7e88..d51a5293ec 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml @@ -26,15 +26,15 @@ <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="type_hint" type="String" default="""" /> <description> - Returns whether a recognized resource exists for the given [code]path[/code]. - An optional [code]type_hint[/code] can be used to further specify the [Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]. Anything that inherits from [Resource] can be used as a type hint, for example [Image]. + Returns whether a recognized resource exists for the given [param path]. + An optional [param type_hint] can be used to further specify the [Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]. Anything that inherits from [Resource] can be used as a type hint, for example [Image]. </description> </method> <method name="get_dependencies"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <description> - Returns the dependencies for the resource at the given [code]path[/code]. + Returns the dependencies for the resource at the given [param path]. </description> </method> <method name="get_recognized_extensions_for_type"> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <description> - Returns whether a cached resource is available for the given [code]path[/code]. + Returns whether a cached resource is available for the given [param path]. Once a resource has been loaded by the engine, it is cached in memory for faster access, and future calls to the [method load] method will use the cached version. The cached resource can be overridden by using [method Resource.take_over_path] on a new resource for that same path. </description> </method> @@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ <param index="1" name="type_hint" type="String" default="""" /> <param index="2" name="cache_mode" type="int" enum="ResourceLoader.CacheMode" default="1" /> <description> - Loads a resource at the given [code]path[/code], caching the result for further access. + Loads a resource at the given [param path], caching the result for further access. The registered [ResourceFormatLoader]s are queried sequentially to find the first one which can handle the file's extension, and then attempt loading. If loading fails, the remaining ResourceFormatLoaders are also attempted. - An optional [code]type_hint[/code] can be used to further specify the [Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]. Anything that inherits from [Resource] can be used as a type hint, for example [Image]. - The [code]cache_mode[/code] property defines whether and how the cache should be used or updated when loading the resource. See [enum CacheMode] for details. + An optional [param type_hint] can be used to further specify the [Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]. Anything that inherits from [Resource] can be used as a type hint, for example [Image]. + The [param cache_mode] property defines whether and how the cache should be used or updated when loading the resource. See [enum CacheMode] for details. Returns an empty resource if no [ResourceFormatLoader] could handle the file. GDScript has a simplified [method @GDScript.load] built-in method which can be used in most situations, leaving the use of [ResourceLoader] for more advanced scenarios. </description> @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="progress" type="Array" default="[]" /> <description> - Returns the status of a threaded loading operation started with [method load_threaded_request] for the resource at [code]path[/code]. See [enum ThreadLoadStatus] for possible return values. - An array variable can optionally be passed via [code]progress[/code], and will return a one-element array containing the percentage of completion of the threaded loading. + Returns the status of a threaded loading operation started with [method load_threaded_request] for the resource at [param path]. See [enum ThreadLoadStatus] for possible return values. + An array variable can optionally be passed via [param progress], and will return a one-element array containing the percentage of completion of the threaded loading. </description> </method> <method name="load_threaded_request"> @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ <param index="2" name="use_sub_threads" type="bool" default="false" /> <param index="3" name="cache_mode" type="int" enum="ResourceLoader.CacheMode" default="1" /> <description> - Loads the resource using threads. If [code]use_sub_threads[/code] is [code]true[/code], multiple threads will be used to load the resource, which makes loading faster, but may affect the main thread (and thus cause game slowdowns). - The [code]cache_mode[/code] property defines whether and how the cache should be used or updated when loading the resource. See [enum CacheMode] for details. + Loads the resource using threads. If [param use_sub_threads] is [code]true[/code], multiple threads will be used to load the resource, which makes loading faster, but may affect the main thread (and thus cause game slowdowns). + The [param cache_mode] property defines whether and how the cache should be used or updated when loading the resource. See [enum CacheMode] for details. </description> </method> <method name="remove_resource_format_loader"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml index e52434c2a4..17904697e6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml @@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="resource" type="Resource" /> <description> - Adds a resource to the preloader with the given [code]name[/code]. If a resource with the given [code]name[/code] already exists, the new resource will be renamed to "[code]name[/code] N" where N is an incrementing number starting from 2. + Adds a resource to the preloader with the given [param name]. If a resource with the given [param name] already exists, the new resource will be renamed to "[param name] N" where N is an incrementing number starting from 2. </description> </method> <method name="get_resource" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Resource" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the resource associated to [code]name[/code]. + Returns the resource associated to [param name]. </description> </method> <method name="get_resource_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the preloader contains a resource associated to [code]name[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the preloader contains a resource associated to [param name]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_resource"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the resource associated to [code]name[/code] from the preloader. + Removes the resource associated to [param name] from the preloader. </description> </method> <method name="rename_resource"> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="newname" type="StringName" /> <description> - Renames a resource inside the preloader from [code]name[/code] to [code]newname[/code]. + Renames a resource inside the preloader from [param name] to [param newname]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml index 4c1fad22de..b0c9056cbc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ <param index="1" name="path" type="String" default="""" /> <param index="2" name="flags" type="int" enum="ResourceSaver.SaverFlags" default="0" /> <description> - Saves a resource to disk to the given path, using a [ResourceFormatSaver] that recognizes the resource object. If [code]path[/code] is empty, [ResourceSaver] will try to use [member Resource.resource_path]. - The [code]flags[/code] bitmask can be specified to customize the save behavior using [enum SaverFlags] flags. + Saves a resource to disk to the given path, using a [ResourceFormatSaver] that recognizes the resource object. If [param path] is empty, [ResourceSaver] will try to use [member Resource.resource_path]. + The [param flags] bitmask can be specified to customize the save behavior using [enum SaverFlags] flags. Returns [constant OK] on success. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml b/doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml index 304950d97c..c01546524d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="char_fx" type="CharFXTransform" /> <description> - Override this method to modify properties in [code]char_fx[/code]. The method must return [code]true[/code] if the character could be transformed successfully. If the method returns [code]false[/code], it will skip transformation to avoid displaying broken text. + Override this method to modify properties in [param char_fx]. The method must return [code]true[/code] if the character could be transformed successfully. If the method returns [code]false[/code], it will skip transformation to avoid displaying broken text. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml b/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml index ef01eba49d..62142fce8b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ <param index="3" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <param index="4" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="InlineAlignment" default="5" /> <description> - Adds an image's opening and closing tags to the tag stack, optionally providing a [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code] to resize the image and a [code]color[/code] to tint the image. - If [code]width[/code] or [code]height[/code] is set to 0, the image size will be adjusted in order to keep the original aspect ratio. + Adds an image's opening and closing tags to the tag stack, optionally providing a [param width] and [param height] to resize the image and a [param color] to tint the image. + If [param width] or [param height] is set to 0, the image size will be adjusted in order to keep the original aspect ratio. </description> </method> <method name="add_text"> @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="bbcode" type="String" /> <description> - Parses [code]bbcode[/code] and adds tags to the tag stack as needed. + Parses [param bbcode] and adds tags to the tag stack as needed. [b]Note:[/b] Using this method, you can't close a tag that was opened in a previous [method append_text] call. This is done to improve performance, especially when updating large RichTextLabels since rebuilding the whole BBCode every time would be slower. If you absolutely need to close a tag in a future method call, append the [member text] instead of using [method append_text]. </description> </method> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="effect" type="Variant" /> <description> - Installs a custom effect. [code]effect[/code] should be a valid [RichTextEffect]. + Installs a custom effect. [param effect] should be a valid [RichTextEffect]. </description> </method> <method name="is_menu_visible" qualifiers="const"> @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ <return type="Dictionary" /> <param index="0" name="expressions" type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> - Parses BBCode parameter [code]expressions[/code] into a dictionary. + Parses BBCode parameter [param expressions] into a dictionary. </description> </method> <method name="pop"> @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="level" type="int" /> <description> - Adds an [code][indent][/code] tag to the tag stack. Multiplies [code]level[/code] by current [member tab_size] to determine new margin length. + Adds an [code][indent][/code] tag to the tag stack. Multiplies [param level] by current [member tab_size] to determine new margin length. </description> </method> <method name="push_italics"> @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ <param index="1" name="type" type="int" enum="RichTextLabel.ListType" /> <param index="2" name="capitalize" type="bool" /> <description> - Adds [code][ol][/code] or [code][ul][/code] tag to the tag stack. Multiplies [code]level[/code] by current [member tab_size] to determine new margin length. + Adds [code][ol][/code] or [code][ul][/code] tag to the tag stack. Multiplies [param level] by current [member tab_size] to determine new margin length. </description> </method> <method name="push_meta"> @@ -380,21 +380,21 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <description> Removes a line of content from the label. Returns [code]true[/code] if the line exists. - The [code]line[/code] argument is the index of the line to remove, it can take values in the interval [code][0, get_line_count() - 1][/code]. + The [param line] argument is the index of the line to remove, it can take values in the interval [code][0, get_line_count() - 1][/code]. </description> </method> <method name="scroll_to_line"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <description> - Scrolls the window's top line to match [code]line[/code]. + Scrolls the window's top line to match [param line]. </description> </method> <method name="scroll_to_paragraph"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="paragraph" type="int" /> <description> - Scrolls the window's top line to match first line of the [code]paragraph[/code]. + Scrolls the window's top line to match first line of the [param paragraph]. </description> </method> <method name="select_all"> @@ -440,9 +440,9 @@ <param index="1" name="expand" type="bool" /> <param index="2" name="ratio" type="int" /> <description> - Edits the selected column's expansion options. If [code]expand[/code] is [code]true[/code], the column expands in proportion to its expansion ratio versus the other columns' ratios. + Edits the selected column's expansion options. If [param expand] is [code]true[/code], the column expands in proportion to its expansion ratio versus the other columns' ratios. For example, 2 columns with ratios 3 and 4 plus 70 pixels in available width would expand 30 and 40 pixels, respectively. - If [code]expand[/code] is [code]false[/code], the column will not contribute to the total ratio. + If [param expand] is [code]false[/code], the column will not contribute to the total ratio. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody2D.xml index c50da89a26..445e6d94ea 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody2D.xml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector2" default="Vector2(0, 0)" /> <description> Adds a constant positioned force to the body that keeps being applied over time until cleared with [code]constant_force = Vector2(0, 0)[/code]. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="add_constant_torque"> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector2" default="Vector2(0, 0)" /> <description> Applies a positioned force to the body. A force is time dependent and meant to be applied every physics update. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="apply_impulse"> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <description> Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. For this reason, it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts (use the "_force" functions otherwise). - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="apply_torque"> @@ -200,14 +200,14 @@ <param index="0" name="body" type="Node" /> <description> Emitted when a collision with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] occurs. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s. - [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. + [param body] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. </description> </signal> <signal name="body_exited"> <param index="0" name="body" type="Node" /> <description> Emitted when the collision with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] ends. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s. - [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. + [param body] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_entered"> @@ -217,10 +217,10 @@ <param index="3" name="local_shape_index" type="int" /> <description> Emitted when one of this RigidDynamicBody2D's [Shape2D]s collides with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s. - [code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s [CollisionObject2D] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. - [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. - [code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body.shape_find_owner(body_shape_index))[/code]. - [code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this RigidDynamicBody2D used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(self.shape_find_owner(local_shape_index))[/code]. + [param body_rid] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s [CollisionObject2D] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. + [param body] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. + [param body_shape_index] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body.shape_find_owner(body_shape_index))[/code]. + [param local_shape_index] the index of the [Shape2D] of this RigidDynamicBody2D used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(self.shape_find_owner(local_shape_index))[/code]. </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_exited"> @@ -230,10 +230,10 @@ <param index="3" name="local_shape_index" type="int" /> <description> Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidDynamicBody2D's [Shape2D]s and another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s ends. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s. - [code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s [CollisionObject2D] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. - [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. - [code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body.shape_find_owner(body_shape_index))[/code]. - [code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this RigidDynamicBody2D used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(self.shape_find_owner(local_shape_index))[/code]. + [param body_rid] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s [CollisionObject2D] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. + [param body] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. + [param body_shape_index] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body.shape_find_owner(body_shape_index))[/code]. + [param local_shape_index] the index of the [Shape2D] of this RigidDynamicBody2D used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(self.shape_find_owner(local_shape_index))[/code]. </description> </signal> <signal name="sleeping_state_changed"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody3D.xml index 5c89dbbf44..83f24be418 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody3D.xml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector3" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)" /> <description> Adds a constant positioned force to the body that keeps being applied over time until cleared with [code]constant_force = Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code]. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="add_constant_torque"> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector3" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)" /> <description> Applies a positioned force to the body. A force is time dependent and meant to be applied every physics update. - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="apply_impulse"> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <description> Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. For this reason, it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts (use the "_force" functions otherwise). - [code]position[/code] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. + [param position] is the offset from the body origin in global coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="apply_torque"> @@ -206,14 +206,14 @@ <param index="0" name="body" type="Node" /> <description> Emitted when a collision with another [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap] occurs. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape3D]s. - [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. + [param body] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. </description> </signal> <signal name="body_exited"> <param index="0" name="body" type="Node" /> <description> Emitted when the collision with another [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap] ends. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape3D]s. - [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. + [param body] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_entered"> @@ -223,10 +223,10 @@ <param index="3" name="local_shape_index" type="int" /> <description> Emitted when one of this RigidDynamicBody3D's [Shape3D]s collides with another [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]'s [Shape3D]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape3D]s. - [code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject3D] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. - [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. - [code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. Get the [CollisionShape3D] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body.shape_find_owner(body_shape_index))[/code]. - [code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of this RigidDynamicBody3D used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. Get the [CollisionShape3D] node with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(self.shape_find_owner(local_shape_index))[/code]. + [param body_rid] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject3D] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. + [param body] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. + [param body_shape_index] the index of the [Shape3D] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. Get the [CollisionShape3D] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body.shape_find_owner(body_shape_index))[/code]. + [param local_shape_index] the index of the [Shape3D] of this RigidDynamicBody3D used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. Get the [CollisionShape3D] node with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(self.shape_find_owner(local_shape_index))[/code]. </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_exited"> @@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ <param index="3" name="local_shape_index" type="int" /> <description> Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidDynamicBody3D's [Shape3D]s and another [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]'s [Shape3D]s ends. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape3D]s. - [code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject3D] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. [GridMap]s are detected if the Meshes have [Shape3D]s. - [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. - [code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. Get the [CollisionShape3D] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body.shape_find_owner(body_shape_index))[/code]. - [code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of this RigidDynamicBody3D used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. Get the [CollisionShape3D] node with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(self.shape_find_owner(local_shape_index))[/code]. + [param body_rid] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject3D] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. [GridMap]s are detected if the Meshes have [Shape3D]s. + [param body] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. + [param body_shape_index] the index of the [Shape3D] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. Get the [CollisionShape3D] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body.shape_find_owner(body_shape_index))[/code]. + [param local_shape_index] the index of the [Shape3D] of this RigidDynamicBody3D used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. Get the [CollisionShape3D] node with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(self.shape_find_owner(local_shape_index))[/code]. </description> </signal> <signal name="sleeping_state_changed"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneState.xml b/doc/classes/SceneState.xml index f171d29b84..acb29838ba 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneState.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneState.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <return type="Array" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the list of bound parameters for the signal at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the list of bound parameters for the signal at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -28,42 +28,42 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the connection flags for the signal at [code]idx[/code]. See [enum Object.ConnectFlags] constants. + Returns the connection flags for the signal at [param idx]. See [enum Object.ConnectFlags] constants. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_method" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the method connected to the signal at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the method connected to the signal at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_signal" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the signal at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the name of the signal at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_source" qualifiers="const"> <return type="NodePath" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the path to the node that owns the signal at [code]idx[/code], relative to the root node. + Returns the path to the node that owns the signal at [param idx], relative to the root node. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_target" qualifiers="const"> <return type="NodePath" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the path to the node that owns the method connected to the signal at [code]idx[/code], relative to the root node. + Returns the path to the node that owns the method connected to the signal at [param idx], relative to the root node. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_unbinds" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the number of unbound parameters for the signal at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the number of unbound parameters for the signal at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -77,42 +77,42 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the list of group names associated with the node at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the list of group names associated with the node at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the node's index, which is its position relative to its siblings. This is only relevant and saved in scenes for cases where new nodes are added to an instantiated or inherited scene among siblings from the base scene. Despite the name, this index is not related to the [code]idx[/code] argument used here and in other methods. + Returns the node's index, which is its position relative to its siblings. This is only relevant and saved in scenes for cases where new nodes are added to an instantiated or inherited scene among siblings from the base scene. Despite the name, this index is not related to the [param idx] argument used here and in other methods. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_instance" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedScene" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a [PackedScene] for the node at [code]idx[/code] (i.e. the whole branch starting at this node, with its child nodes and resources), or [code]null[/code] if the node is not an instance. + Returns a [PackedScene] for the node at [param idx] (i.e. the whole branch starting at this node, with its child nodes and resources), or [code]null[/code] if the node is not an instance. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_instance_placeholder" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the path to the represented scene file if the node at [code]idx[/code] is an [InstancePlaceholder]. + Returns the path to the represented scene file if the node at [param idx] is an [InstancePlaceholder]. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the node at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the name of the node at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_owner_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="NodePath" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the path to the owner of the node at [code]idx[/code], relative to the root node. + Returns the path to the owner of the node at [param idx], relative to the root node. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_path" qualifiers="const"> @@ -120,15 +120,15 @@ <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="for_parent" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Returns the path to the node at [code]idx[/code]. - If [code]for_parent[/code] is [code]true[/code], returns the path of the [code]idx[/code] node's parent instead. + Returns the path to the node at [param idx]. + If [param for_parent] is [code]true[/code], returns the path of the [param idx] node's parent instead. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_property_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the number of exported or overridden properties for the node at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the number of exported or overridden properties for the node at [param idx]. The [code]prop_idx[/code] argument used to query node property data in other [code]get_node_property_*[/code] methods in the interval [code][0, get_node_property_count() - 1][/code]. </description> </method> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="prop_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the property at [code]prop_idx[/code] for the node at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the name of the property at [param prop_idx] for the node at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_property_value" qualifiers="const"> @@ -145,21 +145,21 @@ <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="prop_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the value of the property at [code]prop_idx[/code] for the node at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the value of the property at [param prop_idx] for the node at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_type" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the type of the node at [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the type of the node at [param idx]. </description> </method> <method name="is_node_instance_placeholder" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the node at [code]idx[/code] is an [InstancePlaceholder]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the node at [param idx] is an [InstancePlaceholder]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml index dfa5704548..0496b8f34b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <param index="0" name="group" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="method" type="StringName" /> <description> - Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group. You can pass arguments to [code]method[/code] by specifying them at the end of the method call. If a node doesn't have the given method or the argument list does not match (either in count or in types), it will be skipped. + Calls [param method] on each member of the given group. You can pass arguments to [param method] by specifying them at the end of the method call. If a node doesn't have the given method or the argument list does not match (either in count or in types), it will be skipped. [b]Note:[/b] [method call_group] will call methods immediately on all members at once, which can cause stuttering if an expensive method is called on lots of members. To wait for one frame after [method call_group] was called, use [method call_group_flags] with the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag. </description> </method> @@ -28,20 +28,20 @@ <param index="1" name="group" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="method" type="StringName" /> <description> - Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group, respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]. You can pass arguments to [code]method[/code] by specifying them at the end of the method call. If a node doesn't have the given method or the argument list does not match (either in count or in types), it will be skipped. + Calls [param method] on each member of the given group, respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]. You can pass arguments to [param method] by specifying them at the end of the method call. If a node doesn't have the given method or the argument list does not match (either in count or in types), it will be skipped. [codeblock] # Call the method in a deferred manner and in reverse order. get_tree().call_group_flags(SceneTree.GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED | SceneTree.GROUP_CALL_REVERSE) [/codeblock] - [b]Note:[/b] Group call flags are used to control the method calling behavior. By default, methods will be called immediately in a way similar to [method call_group]. However, if the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag is present in the [code]flags[/code] argument, methods will be called with a one-frame delay in a way similar to [method Object.set_deferred]. + [b]Note:[/b] Group call flags are used to control the method calling behavior. By default, methods will be called immediately in a way similar to [method call_group]. However, if the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag is present in the [param flags] argument, methods will be called with a one-frame delay in a way similar to [method Object.set_deferred]. </description> </method> <method name="change_scene"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <description> - Changes the running scene to the one at the given [code]path[/code], after loading it into a [PackedScene] and creating a new instance. - Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_CANT_OPEN] if the [code]path[/code] cannot be loaded into a [PackedScene], or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] if that scene cannot be instantiated. + Changes the running scene to the one at the given [param path], after loading it into a [PackedScene] and creating a new instance. + Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_CANT_OPEN] if the [param path] cannot be loaded into a [PackedScene], or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] if that scene cannot be instantiated. [b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it immediately after the [method change_scene] call. </description> </method> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <param index="0" name="time_sec" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="process_always" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Returns a [SceneTreeTimer] which will [signal SceneTreeTimer.timeout] after the given time in seconds elapsed in this [SceneTree]. If [code]process_always[/code] is set to [code]false[/code], pausing the [SceneTree] will also pause the timer. + Returns a [SceneTreeTimer] which will [signal SceneTreeTimer.timeout] after the given time in seconds elapsed in this [SceneTree]. If [param process_always] is set to [code]false[/code], pausing the [SceneTree] will also pause the timer. Commonly used to create a one-shot delay timer as in the following example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ <return type="MultiplayerAPI" /> <param index="0" name="for_path" type="NodePath" default="NodePath("")" /> <description> - Return the [MultiplayerAPI] configured for the given path, or the default one if [code]for_path[/code] is empty. + Return the [MultiplayerAPI] configured for the given path, or the default one if [param for_path] is empty. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ <param index="0" name="group" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="notification" type="int" /> <description> - Sends the given notification to all members of the [code]group[/code]. + Sends the given notification to all members of the [param group]. [b]Note:[/b] [method notify_group] will immediately notify all members at once, which can cause stuttering if an expensive method is called as a result of sending the notification lots of members. To wait for one frame, use [method notify_group_flags] with the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag. </description> </method> @@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ <param index="1" name="group" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="notification" type="int" /> <description> - Sends the given notification to all members of the [code]group[/code], respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]. - [b]Note:[/b] Group call flags are used to control the notification sending behavior. By default, notifications will be sent immediately in a way similar to [method notify_group]. However, if the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag is present in the [code]flags[/code] argument, notifications will be sent with a one-frame delay in a way similar to using [code]Object.call_deferred("notification", ...)[/code]. + Sends the given notification to all members of the [param group], respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]. + [b]Note:[/b] Group call flags are used to control the notification sending behavior. By default, notifications will be sent immediately in a way similar to [method notify_group]. However, if the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag is present in the [param call_flags] argument, notifications will be sent with a one-frame delay in a way similar to using [code]Object.call_deferred("notification", ...)[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="queue_delete"> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="exit_code" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Quits the application at the end of the current iteration. Argument [code]exit_code[/code] can optionally be given (defaulting to 0) to customize the exit status code. + Quits the application at the end of the current iteration. Argument [param exit_code] can optionally be given (defaulting to 0) to customize the exit status code. By convention, an exit code of [code]0[/code] indicates success whereas a non-zero exit code indicates an error. For portability reasons, the exit code should be set between 0 and 125 (inclusive). [b]Note:[/b] On iOS this method doesn't work. Instead, as recommended by the iOS Human Interface Guidelines, the user is expected to close apps via the Home button. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ <param index="1" name="property" type="String" /> <param index="2" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> - Sets the given [code]property[/code] to [code]value[/code] on all members of the given group. + Sets the given [param property] to [param value] on all members of the given group. [b]Note:[/b] [method set_group] will set the property immediately on all members at once, which can cause stuttering if a property with an expensive setter is set on lots of members. To wait for one frame, use [method set_group_flags] with the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag. </description> </method> @@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ <param index="2" name="property" type="String" /> <param index="3" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> - Sets the given [code]property[/code] to [code]value[/code] on all members of the given group, respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]. - [b]Note:[/b] Group call flags are used to control the property setting behavior. By default, properties will be set immediately in a way similar to [method set_group]. However, if the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag is present in the [code]flags[/code] argument, properties will be set with a one-frame delay in a way similar to [method Object.call_deferred]. + Sets the given [param property] to [param value] on all members of the given group, respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]. + [b]Note:[/b] Group call flags are used to control the property setting behavior. By default, properties will be set immediately in a way similar to [method set_group]. However, if the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag is present in the [param call_flags] argument, properties will be set with a one-frame delay in a way similar to [method Object.call_deferred]. </description> </method> <method name="set_multiplayer"> @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ <param index="0" name="multiplayer" type="MultiplayerAPI" /> <param index="1" name="root_path" type="NodePath" default="NodePath("")" /> <description> - Sets a custom [MultiplayerAPI] with the given [code]root_path[/code] (controlling also the relative subpaths), or override the default one if [code]root_path[/code] is empty. + Sets a custom [MultiplayerAPI] with the given [param root_path] (controlling also the relative subpaths), or override the default one if [param root_path] is empty. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Script.xml b/doc/classes/Script.xml index f567a0c23c..8202f9f536 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Script.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Script.xml @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="base_object" type="Object" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]base_object[/code] is an instance of this script. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [param base_object] is an instance of this script. </description> </method> <method name="is_tool" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml b/doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml index 33ff054cce..9118f38a3e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <param index="0" name="base_name" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="base_path" type="String" /> <description> - Opens the script create dialog. The script will extend [code]base_name[/code]. The file extension can be omitted from [code]base_path[/code]. It will be added based on the selected scripting language. + Opens the script create dialog. The script will extend [param base_name]. The file extension can be omitted from [param base_path]. It will be added based on the selected scripting language. </description> </method> <method name="register_syntax_highlighter"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml b/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml index 207a745696..de586fc3d0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="control" type="Control" /> <description> - Ensures the given [code]control[/code] is visible (must be a direct or indirect child of the ScrollContainer). Used by [member follow_focus]. + Ensures the given [param control] is visible (must be a direct or indirect child of the ScrollContainer). Used by [member follow_focus]. [b]Note:[/b] This will not work on a node that was just added during the same frame. If you want to scroll to a newly added child, you must wait until the next frame using [signal SceneTree.process_frame]: [codeblock] add_child(child_node) diff --git a/doc/classes/Shader.xml b/doc/classes/Shader.xml index 6390d36bf1..b7e6d80ccb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shader.xml @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ <param index="1" name="index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Returns the texture that is set as default for the specified parameter. - [b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. - [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [code]index[/code] to access the specified texture. + [b]Note:[/b] [param param] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. + [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [param index] to access the specified texture. </description> </method> <method name="get_mode" qualifiers="const"> @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the shader has this param defined as a uniform in its code. - [b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. + [b]Note:[/b] [param name] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. </description> </method> <method name="set_default_texture_param"> @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ <param index="2" name="index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Sets the default texture to be used with a texture uniform. The default is used if a texture is not set in the [ShaderMaterial]. - [b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. - [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [code]index[/code] to access the specified texture. + [b]Note:[/b] [param param] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. + [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [param index] to access the specified texture. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml index 3e2247c022..92df3255b1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml @@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the property identified by [code]name[/code] can be reverted to a default value. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the property identified by [param name] can be reverted to a default value. </description> </method> <method name="property_get_revert"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> <description> - Returns the default value of the material property with given [code]name[/code]. + Returns the default value of the material property with given [param name]. </description> </method> <method name="set_shader_uniform"> @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <param index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> Changes the value set for this material of a uniform in the shader. - [b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. + [b]Note:[/b] [param param] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Shape2D.xml b/doc/classes/Shape2D.xml index 8f5ca034e4..4d7031ab86 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shape2D.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <param index="2" name="shape_xform" type="Transform2D" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this shape is colliding with another. - This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([code]local_xform[/code]), the shape to check collisions with ([code]with_shape[/code]), and the transformation matrix of that shape ([code]shape_xform[/code]). + This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([param local_xform]), the shape to check collisions with ([param with_shape]), and the transformation matrix of that shape ([param shape_xform]). </description> </method> <method name="collide_and_get_contacts"> @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ <param index="2" name="shape_xform" type="Transform2D" /> <description> Returns a list of contact point pairs where this shape touches another. - If there are no collisions, the returned list is empty. Otherwise, the returned list contains contact points arranged in pairs, with entries alternating between points on the boundary of this shape and points on the boundary of [code]with_shape[/code]. + If there are no collisions, the returned list is empty. Otherwise, the returned list contains contact points arranged in pairs, with entries alternating between points on the boundary of this shape and points on the boundary of [param with_shape]. A collision pair A, B can be used to calculate the collision normal with [code](B - A).normalized()[/code], and the collision depth with [code](B - A).length()[/code]. This information is typically used to separate shapes, particularly in collision solvers. - This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([code]local_xform[/code]), the shape to check collisions with ([code]with_shape[/code]), and the transformation matrix of that shape ([code]shape_xform[/code]). + This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([param local_xform]), the shape to check collisions with ([param with_shape]), and the transformation matrix of that shape ([param shape_xform]). </description> </method> <method name="collide_with_motion"> @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <param index="4" name="shape_motion" type="Vector2" /> <description> Returns whether this shape would collide with another, if a given movement was applied. - This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([code]local_xform[/code]), the movement to test on this shape ([code]local_motion[/code]), the shape to check collisions with ([code]with_shape[/code]), the transformation matrix of that shape ([code]shape_xform[/code]), and the movement to test onto the other object ([code]shape_motion[/code]). + This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([param local_xform]), the movement to test on this shape ([param local_motion]), the shape to check collisions with ([param with_shape]), the transformation matrix of that shape ([param shape_xform]), and the movement to test onto the other object ([param shape_motion]). </description> </method> <method name="collide_with_motion_and_get_contacts"> @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ <param index="4" name="shape_motion" type="Vector2" /> <description> Returns a list of contact point pairs where this shape would touch another, if a given movement was applied. - If there would be no collisions, the returned list is empty. Otherwise, the returned list contains contact points arranged in pairs, with entries alternating between points on the boundary of this shape and points on the boundary of [code]with_shape[/code]. + If there would be no collisions, the returned list is empty. Otherwise, the returned list contains contact points arranged in pairs, with entries alternating between points on the boundary of this shape and points on the boundary of [param with_shape]. A collision pair A, B can be used to calculate the collision normal with [code](B - A).normalized()[/code], and the collision depth with [code](B - A).length()[/code]. This information is typically used to separate shapes, particularly in collision solvers. - This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([code]local_xform[/code]), the movement to test on this shape ([code]local_motion[/code]), the shape to check collisions with ([code]with_shape[/code]), the transformation matrix of that shape ([code]shape_xform[/code]), and the movement to test onto the other object ([code]shape_motion[/code]). + This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([param local_xform]), the movement to test on this shape ([param local_motion]), the shape to check collisions with ([param with_shape]), the transformation matrix of that shape ([param shape_xform]), and the movement to test onto the other object ([param shape_motion]). </description> </method> <method name="draw"> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ <param index="0" name="canvas_item" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Draws a solid shape onto a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API filled with the specified [code]color[/code]. The exact drawing method is specific for each shape and cannot be configured. + Draws a solid shape onto a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API filled with the specified [param color]. The exact drawing method is specific for each shape and cannot be configured. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/ShapeCast2D.xml b/doc/classes/ShapeCast2D.xml index 652cacfb53..36c3beecb1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ShapeCast2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ShapeCast2D.xml @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ <return type="Object" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the collided [Object] of one of the multiple collisions at [code]index[/code], or [code]null[/code] if no object is intersecting the shape (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). + Returns the collided [Object] of one of the multiple collisions at [param index], or [code]null[/code] if no object is intersecting the shape (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="get_collider_shape" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the shape ID of the colliding shape of one of the multiple collisions at [code]index[/code], or [code]0[/code] if no object is intersecting the shape (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). + Returns the shape ID of the colliding shape of one of the multiple collisions at [param index], or [code]0[/code] if no object is intersecting the shape (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -75,21 +75,21 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_normal" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the normal of one of the multiple collisions at [code]index[/code] of the intersecting object. + Returns the normal of one of the multiple collisions at [param index] of the intersecting object. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the collision point of one of the multiple collisions at [code]index[/code] where the shape intersects the colliding object. + Returns the collision point of one of the multiple collisions at [param index] where the shape intersects the colliding object. [b]Note:[/b] this point is in the [b]global[/b] coordinate system. </description> </method> @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="bool" /> <description> - Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Based on [param value], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/ShapeCast3D.xml b/doc/classes/ShapeCast3D.xml index 9a5606e198..cbdf660133 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ShapeCast3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ShapeCast3D.xml @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ <return type="Object" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the collided [Object] of one of the multiple collisions at [code]index[/code], or [code]null[/code] if no object is intersecting the shape (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). + Returns the collided [Object] of one of the multiple collisions at [param index], or [code]null[/code] if no object is intersecting the shape (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="get_collider_shape" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the shape ID of the colliding shape of one of the multiple collisions at [code]index[/code], or [code]0[/code] if no object is intersecting the shape (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). + Returns the shape ID of the colliding shape of one of the multiple collisions at [param index], or [code]0[/code] if no object is intersecting the shape (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -75,21 +75,21 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_normal" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the normal of one of the multiple collisions at [code]index[/code] of the intersecting object. + Returns the normal of one of the multiple collisions at [param index] of the intersecting object. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the collision point of one of the multiple collisions at [code]index[/code] where the shape intersects the colliding object. + Returns the collision point of one of the multiple collisions at [param index] where the shape intersects the colliding object. [b]Note:[/b] this point is in the [b]global[/b] coordinate system. </description> </method> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="bool" /> <description> - Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Based on [param value], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Shortcut.xml b/doc/classes/Shortcut.xml index 329471fdb8..f30a5a5e7c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shortcut.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shortcut.xml @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> <description> - Returns whether any [InputEvent] in [member events] equals [code]event[/code]. + Returns whether any [InputEvent] in [member events] equals [param event]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Signal.xml b/doc/classes/Signal.xml index dc543085cf..d99477ee95 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Signal.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Signal.xml @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ <param index="0" name="object" type="Object" /> <param index="1" name="signal" type="StringName" /> <description> - Creates a new [Signal] with the name [code]signal[/code] in the specified [code]object[/code]. + Creates a new [Signal] with the name [param signal] in the specified [param object]. </description> </constructor> </constructors> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml index 0abb8be075..808f93b491 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ <return type="Bone2D" /> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a [Bone2D] from the node hierarchy parented by Skeleton2D. The object to return is identified by the parameter [code]idx[/code]. Bones are indexed by descending the node hierarchy from top to bottom, adding the children of each branch before moving to the next sibling. + Returns a [Bone2D] from the node hierarchy parented by Skeleton2D. The object to return is identified by the parameter [param idx]. Bones are indexed by descending the node hierarchy from top to bottom, adding the children of each branch before moving to the next sibling. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the local pose override transform for [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the local pose override transform for [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_modification_stack" qualifiers="const"> @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ <param index="2" name="strength" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="persistent" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets the local pose transform, [code]pose[/code], for the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. - [code]amount[/code] is the interpolation strength that will be used when applying the pose, and [code]persistent[/code] determines if the applied pose will remain. - [b]Note:[/b] The pose transform needs to be a local transform relative to the [Bone2D] node at [code]bone_idx[/code]! + Sets the local pose transform, [param override_pose], for the bone at [param bone_idx]. + [param strength] is the interpolation strength that will be used when applying the pose, and [param persistent] determines if the applied pose will remain. + [b]Note:[/b] The pose transform needs to be a local transform relative to the [Bone2D] node at [param bone_idx]! </description> </method> <method name="set_modification_stack"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml index c02a482a91..7f2a41e00c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> <description> - Adds a bone, with name [code]name[/code]. [method get_bone_count] will become the bone index. + Adds a bone, with name [param name]. [method get_bone_count] will become the bone index. </description> </method> <method name="add_bone_child"> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> <description> - Returns the bone index that matches [code]name[/code] as its name. + Returns the bone index that matches [param name] as its name. </description> </method> <method name="force_update_all_bone_transforms"> @@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Force updates the bone transform for the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] and all of its children. + Force updates the bone transform for the bone at [param bone_idx] and all of its children. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_children"> <return type="PackedInt32Array" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns an array containing the bone indexes of all the children node of the passed in bone, [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns an array containing the bone indexes of all the children node of the passed in bone, [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -111,36 +111,36 @@ <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the global pose override transform for [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the global pose override transform for [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_global_rest" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the global rest transform for [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the global rest transform for [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_local_pose_override" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the local pose override transform for [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the local pose override transform for [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the bone at index [code]index[/code]. + Returns the name of the bone at index [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_parent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the bone index which is the parent of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. If -1, then bone has no parent. - [b]Note:[/b] The parent bone returned will always be less than [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the bone index which is the parent of the bone at [param bone_idx]. If -1, then bone has no parent. + [b]Note:[/b] The parent bone returned will always be less than [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_pose" qualifiers="const"> @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the rest transform for a bone [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the rest transform for a bone [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_modification_stack"> @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="basis" type="Basis" /> <description> - Rotates the given [Basis] so that the forward axis of the Basis is facing in the forward direction of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Rotates the given [Basis] so that the forward axis of the Basis is facing in the forward direction of the bone at [param bone_idx]. This is helper function to make using [method Transform3D.looking_at] easier with bone poses. </description> </method> @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether the bone pose for the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] is enabled. + Returns whether the bone pose for the bone at [param bone_idx] is enabled. </description> </method> <method name="local_pose_to_global_pose"> @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="local_pose" type="Transform3D" /> <description> - Converts the passed-in local pose to a global pose relative to the inputted bone, [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Converts the passed-in local pose to a global pose relative to the inputted bone, [param bone_idx]. This could be used to convert [method get_bone_pose] for use with the [method set_bone_global_pose_override] function. </description> </method> @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="child_bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the passed in child bone index, [code]child_bone_idx[/code], from the passed-in bone, [code]bone_idx[/code], if it exists. + Removes the passed in child bone index, [param child_bone_idx], from the passed-in bone, [param bone_idx], if it exists. [b]Note:[/b] This does not remove the child bone, but instead it removes the connection it has to the parent bone. </description> </method> @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_children" type="PackedInt32Array" /> <description> - Sets the children for the passed in bone, [code]bone_idx[/code], to the passed-in array of bone indexes, [code]bone_children[/code]. + Sets the children for the passed in bone, [param bone_idx], to the passed-in array of bone indexes, [param bone_children]. </description> </method> <method name="set_bone_enabled"> @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enabled" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Disables the pose for the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] if [code]false[/code], enables the bone pose if [code]true[/code]. + Disables the pose for the bone at [param bone_idx] if [code]false[/code], enables the bone pose if [code]true[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_bone_global_pose_override"> @@ -304,8 +304,8 @@ <param index="2" name="amount" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="persistent" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Sets the global pose transform, [code]pose[/code], for the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. - [code]amount[/code] is the interpolation strength that will be used when applying the pose, and [code]persistent[/code] determines if the applied pose will remain. + Sets the global pose transform, [param pose], for the bone at [param bone_idx]. + [param amount] is the interpolation strength that will be used when applying the pose, and [param persistent] determines if the applied pose will remain. [b]Note:[/b] The pose transform needs to be a global pose! Use [method world_transform_to_global_pose] to convert a world transform, like one you can get from a [Node3D], to a global pose. </description> </method> @@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ <param index="2" name="amount" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="persistent" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Sets the local pose transform, [code]pose[/code], for the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. - [code]amount[/code] is the interpolation strength that will be used when applying the pose, and [code]persistent[/code] determines if the applied pose will remain. + Sets the local pose transform, [param pose], for the bone at [param bone_idx]. + [param amount] is the interpolation strength that will be used when applying the pose, and [param persistent] determines if the applied pose will remain. [b]Note:[/b] The pose transform needs to be a local pose! Use [method global_pose_to_local_pose] to convert a global pose to a local pose. </description> </method> @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="parent_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index [code]parent_idx[/code] as the parent of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. If -1, then bone has no parent. - [b]Note:[/b] [code]parent_idx[/code] must be less than [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Sets the bone index [param parent_idx] as the parent of the bone at [param bone_idx]. If -1, then bone has no parent. + [b]Note:[/b] [param parent_idx] must be less than [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_bone_pose_position"> @@ -363,21 +363,21 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="rest" type="Transform3D" /> <description> - Sets the rest transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Sets the rest transform for bone [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_modification_stack"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="modification_stack" type="SkeletonModificationStack3D" /> <description> - Sets the modification stack for this skeleton to the passed-in modification stack, [code]modification_stack[/code]. + Sets the modification stack for this skeleton to the passed-in modification stack, [param modification_stack]. </description> </method> <method name="unparent_bone_and_rest"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Unparents the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] and sets its rest position to that of its parent prior to being reset. + Unparents the bone at [param bone_idx] and sets its rest position to that of its parent prior to being reset. </description> </method> <method name="world_transform_to_global_pose"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2D.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2D.xml index c9171ead51..46d32aef41 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2D.xml @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <param index="2" name="max" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="invert" type="bool" /> <description> - Takes a angle and clamps it so it is within the passed-in [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code] range. [code]invert[/code] will inversely clamp the angle, clamping it to the range outside of the given bounds. + Takes a angle and clamps it so it is within the passed-in [param min] and [param max] range. [param invert] will inversely clamp the angle, clamping it to the range outside of the given bounds. </description> </method> <method name="get_editor_draw_gizmo" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DCCDIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DCCDIK.xml index 048d5cb397..e37dc62131 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DCCDIK.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DCCDIK.xml @@ -16,49 +16,49 @@ <return type="NodePath" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_bone_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_invert" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] uses an inverted joint constraint. See [method set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_invert] for details. + Returns whether the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx] uses an inverted joint constraint. See [method set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_invert] for details. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_max" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_min" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_enable_constraint" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether angle constraints on the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] are enabled. + Returns whether angle constraints on the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx] are enabled. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_rotate_from_joint" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is set to rotate from the joint, [code]true[/code], or to rotate from the tip, [code]false[/code]. The default is to rotate from the tip. + Returns whether the joint at [param joint_idx] is set to rotate from the joint, [code]true[/code], or to rotate from the tip, [code]false[/code]. The default is to rotate from the tip. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_bone2d_node"> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone2d_nodepath" type="NodePath" /> <description> - Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_bone_index"> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the CCDIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. + Sets the bone index, [param bone_idx], of the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the CCDIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_invert"> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="invert" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] uses an inverted joint constraint. + Sets whether the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx] uses an inverted joint constraint. An inverted joint constraint only constraints the CCDIK joint to the angles [i]outside of[/i] the inputted minimum and maximum angles. For this reason, it is referred to as an inverted joint constraint, as it constraints the joint to the outside of the inputted values. </description> </method> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="angle_max" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_min"> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="angle_min" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_enable_constraint"> @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enable_constraint" type="bool" /> <description> - Determines whether angle constraints on the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] are enabled. When [code]true[/code], constraints will be enabled and taken into account when solving. + Determines whether angle constraints on the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx] are enabled. When [code]true[/code], constraints will be enabled and taken into account when solving. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_rotate_from_joint"> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="rotate_from_joint" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is set to rotate from the joint, [code]true[/code], or to rotate from the tip, [code]false[/code]. + Sets whether the joint at [param joint_idx] is set to rotate from the joint, [code]true[/code], or to rotate from the tip, [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DFABRIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DFABRIK.xml index 3108a55deb..1240174946 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DFABRIK.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DFABRIK.xml @@ -17,21 +17,21 @@ <return type="NodePath" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_bone_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_magnet_position" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the magnet position vector for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the magnet position vector for the joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_use_target_rotation" qualifiers="const"> @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone2d_nodepath" type="NodePath" /> <description> - Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_bone_index"> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the FABRIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. + Sets the bone index, [param bone_idx], of the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the FABRIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_magnet_position"> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="magnet_position" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Sets the magnet position vector for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the magnet position vector for the joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_use_target_rotation"> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="use_target_rotation" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] will use the target node's rotation rather than letting FABRIK rotate the node. + Sets whether the joint at [param joint_idx] will use the target node's rotation rather than letting FABRIK rotate the node. [b]Note:[/b] This option only works for the tip/final joint in the chain. For all other nodes, this option will be ignored. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DJiggle.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DJiggle.xml index 0fadf6e6c2..7329b2d865 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DJiggle.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DJiggle.xml @@ -21,56 +21,56 @@ <return type="NodePath" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_bone_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the index of the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_damping" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the amount of damping of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the amount of damping of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_gravity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a [Vector2] representing the amount of gravity the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is influenced by. + Returns a [Vector2] representing the amount of gravity the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx] is influenced by. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_mass" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the amount of mass of the jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the amount of mass of the jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_override" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a boolean that indicates whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is overriding the default Jiggle joint data defined in the modification. + Returns a boolean that indicates whether the joint at [param joint_idx] is overriding the default Jiggle joint data defined in the modification. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_stiffness" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_use_gravity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a boolean that indicates whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is using gravity or not. + Returns a boolean that indicates whether the joint at [param joint_idx] is using gravity or not. </description> </method> <method name="get_use_colliders" qualifiers="const"> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone2d_node" type="NodePath" /> <description> - Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the [Bone2D] node assigned to the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_bone_index"> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the Jiggle joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. + Sets the bone index, [param bone_idx], of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone2d_node[/code] of the Jiggle joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_damping"> @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="damping" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the amount of dampening of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the amount of dampening of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_gravity"> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="gravity" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Sets the gravity vector of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the gravity vector of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_mass"> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="mass" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the of mass of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the of mass of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_override"> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="override" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] should override the default Jiggle joint settings. Setting this to [code]true[/code] will make the joint use its own settings rather than the default ones attached to the modification. + Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx] should override the default Jiggle joint settings. Setting this to [code]true[/code] will make the joint use its own settings rather than the default ones attached to the modification. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_stiffness"> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="stiffness" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the of stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the of stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_use_gravity"> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="use_gravity" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] should use gravity. + Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx] should use gravity. </description> </method> <method name="set_use_colliders"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones.xml index 9ddb34a5d0..66ff160ab1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones.xml @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <return type="NodePath" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [PhysicalBone2D] node at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the [PhysicalBone2D] node at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_physical_bone_node"> @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="physicalbone2d_node" type="NodePath" /> <description> - Sets the [PhysicalBone2D] node at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the [PhysicalBone2D] node at [param joint_idx]. [b]Note:[/b] This is just the index used for this modification, not the bone index used in the [Skeleton2D]. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3D.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3D.xml index 9a6e72baaf..8457179651 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3D.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <param index="2" name="max" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="invert" type="bool" /> <description> - Takes a angle and clamps it so it is within the passed-in [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code] range. [code]invert[/code] will inversely clamp the angle, clamping it to the range outside of the given bounds. + Takes a angle and clamps it so it is within the passed-in [param min] and [param max] range. [param invert] will inversely clamp the angle, clamping it to the range outside of the given bounds. </description> </method> <method name="get_is_setup" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DCCDIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DCCDIK.xml index fbefca32ad..207896776f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DCCDIK.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DCCDIK.xml @@ -16,49 +16,49 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the bone index of the bone assigned to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the bone index of the bone assigned to the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_bone_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the bone that is assigned to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the name of the bone that is assigned to the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_ccdik_axis" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the integer representing the joint axis of the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the integer representing the joint axis of the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_max" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. [b]Note:[/b] This angle is in degrees! + Returns the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [param joint_idx]. [b]Note:[/b] This angle is in degrees! </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_min" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. [b]Note:[/b] This angle is in degrees! + Returns the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [param joint_idx]. [b]Note:[/b] This angle is in degrees! </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_constraint_invert" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] uses an inverted joint constraint. See [method set_ccdik_joint_constraint_invert] for details. + Returns whether the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx] uses an inverted joint constraint. See [method set_ccdik_joint_constraint_invert] for details. </description> </method> <method name="get_ccdik_joint_enable_joint_constraint" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Enables angle constraints to the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Enables angle constraints to the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_bone_index"> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_index" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the CCDIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. + Sets the bone index, [param bone_index], of the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the CCDIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_bone_name"> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_name" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the bone name, [code]bone_name[/code], of the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the CCDIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. + Sets the bone name, [param bone_name], of the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the CCDIK joint based on data provided by the linked skeleton. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_ccdik_axis"> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="axis" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the joint axis of the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] to the passed-in joint axis, [code]axis[/code]. + Sets the joint axis of the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx] to the passed-in joint axis, [param axis]. </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_max"> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="max_angle" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. [b]Note:[/b] This angle must be in radians! + Sets the maximum angle constraint for the joint at [param joint_idx]. [b]Note:[/b] This angle must be in radians! </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_constraint_angle_min"> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="min_angle" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. [b]Note:[/b] This angle must be in radians! + Sets the minimum angle constraint for the joint at [param joint_idx]. [b]Note:[/b] This angle must be in radians! </description> </method> <method name="set_ccdik_joint_constraint_invert"> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="invert" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] uses an inverted joint constraint. + Sets whether the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx] uses an inverted joint constraint. An inverted joint constraint only constraints the CCDIK joint to the angles [i]outside of[/i] the inputted minimum and maximum angles. For this reason, it is referred to as an inverted joint constraint, as it constraints the joint to the outside of the inputted values. </description> </method> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether joint constraints are enabled for the CCDIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets whether joint constraints are enabled for the CCDIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DFABRIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DFABRIK.xml index 5908f94650..325cc2a12e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DFABRIK.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DFABRIK.xml @@ -17,49 +17,49 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Will attempt to automatically calculate the length of the bone assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Will attempt to automatically calculate the length of the bone assigned to the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_auto_calculate_length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a boolean that indicates whether this modification will attempt to autocalculate the length of the bone assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns a boolean that indicates whether this modification will attempt to autocalculate the length of the bone assigned to the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_bone_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the bone index of the bone assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the bone index of the bone assigned to the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_bone_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the bone that is assigned to the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the name of the bone that is assigned to the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the length of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the length of the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_magnet" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the magnet vector of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the magnet vector of the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_tip_node" qualifiers="const"> <return type="NodePath" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Node3D]-based node placed at the tip of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code], if one has been set. + Returns the [Node3D]-based node placed at the tip of the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx], if one has been set. </description> </method> <method name="get_fabrik_joint_use_target_basis" qualifiers="const"> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the [Node3D]-based node that will be used as the tip of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the [Node3D]-based node that will be used as the tip of the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_auto_calculate_length"> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="auto_calculate_length" type="bool" /> <description> - When [code]true[/code], this modification will attempt to automatically calculate the length of the bone for the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. It does this by either using the tip node assigned, if there is one assigned, or the distance the of the bone's children, if the bone has any. If the bone has no children and no tip node is assigned, then the modification [b]cannot[/b] autocalculate the joint's length. In this case, the joint length should be entered manually or a tip node assigned. + When [code]true[/code], this modification will attempt to automatically calculate the length of the bone for the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. It does this by either using the tip node assigned, if there is one assigned, or the distance the of the bone's children, if the bone has any. If the bone has no children and no tip node is assigned, then the modification [b]cannot[/b] autocalculate the joint's length. In this case, the joint length should be entered manually or a tip node assigned. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_bone_index"> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_index" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the FABRIK joint based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. + Sets the bone index, [param bone_index], of the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the FABRIK joint based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_bone_name"> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_name" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the bone name, [code]bone_name[/code], of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the FABRIK joint based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. + Sets the bone name, [param bone_name], of the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the FABRIK joint based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_length"> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="length" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the joint length, [code]length[/code], of the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the joint length, [param length], of the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_magnet"> @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="magnet_position" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Sets the magenet position to [code]magnet_position[/code] for the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. The magnet position is used to nudge the joint in that direction when solving, which gives some control over how that joint will bend when being solved. + Sets the magenet position to [param magnet_position] for the joint at [param joint_idx]. The magnet position is used to nudge the joint in that direction when solving, which gives some control over how that joint will bend when being solved. </description> </method> <method name="set_fabrik_joint_tip_node"> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="tip_node" type="NodePath" /> <description> - Sets the nodepath of the FARIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] to [code]tip_node[/code]. The tip node is used to calculate the length of the FABRIK joint when set to automatically calculate joint length. + Sets the nodepath of the FARIK joint at [param joint_idx] to [param tip_node]. The tip node is used to calculate the length of the FABRIK joint when set to automatically calculate joint length. [b]Note:[/b] The tip node should generally be a child node of a [BoneAttachment3D] node attached to the bone that this FABRIK joint operates on, with the child node being offset so it is at the end of the bone. </description> </method> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="use_target_basis" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] uses the target's [Basis] for its rotation. + Sets whether the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx] uses the target's [Basis] for its rotation. [b]Note:[/b] This option is only available for the final bone in the FABRIK chain, with this setting being ignored for all other bones. </description> </method> @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="use_tip_node" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the tip node should be used when autocalculating the joint length for the FABRIK joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. This will only work if there is a node assigned to the tip nodepath for this joint. + Sets whether the tip node should be used when autocalculating the joint length for the FABRIK joint at [param joint_idx]. This will only work if there is a node assigned to the tip nodepath for this joint. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DJiggle.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DJiggle.xml index ddbd5b4274..ef469d42ea 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DJiggle.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DJiggle.xml @@ -21,42 +21,42 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the bone index of the bone assigned to the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the bone index of the bone assigned to the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_bone_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the bone that is assigned to the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the name of the bone that is assigned to the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_damping" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the amount of dampening of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the amount of dampening of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_gravity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a [Vector3] representign the amount of gravity the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is influenced by. + Returns a [Vector3] representign the amount of gravity the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx] is influenced by. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_mass" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the amount of mass of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the amount of mass of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_override" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a boolean that indicates whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is overriding the default jiggle joint data defined in the modification. + Returns a boolean that indicates whether the joint at [param joint_idx] is overriding the default jiggle joint data defined in the modification. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_roll" qualifiers="const"> @@ -70,14 +70,14 @@ <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Returns the stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_jiggle_joint_use_gravity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a boolean that indicates whether the joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] is using gravity or not. + Returns a boolean that indicates whether the joint at [param joint_idx] is using gravity or not. </description> </method> <method name="get_use_colliders" qualifiers="const"> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the Jiggle joint based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. + Sets the bone index, [param bone_idx], of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the Jiggle joint based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_bone_name"> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="name" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the bone name, [code]bone_name[/code], of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the Jiggle joint based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. + Sets the bone name, [param name], of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the Jiggle joint based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_damping"> @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="damping" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the amount of dampening of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the amount of dampening of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_gravity"> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="gravity" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Sets the gravity vector of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the gravity vector of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_mass"> @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="mass" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the of mass of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the of mass of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_override"> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="override" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] should override the default Jiggle joint settings. Setting this to true will make the joint use its own settings rather than the default ones attached to the modification. + Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx] should override the default Jiggle joint settings. Setting this to true will make the joint use its own settings rather than the default ones attached to the modification. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_roll"> @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="stiffness" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the of stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code]. + Sets the of stiffness of the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_jiggle_joint_use_gravity"> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ <param index="0" name="joint_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="use_gravity" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [code]joint_idx[/code] should use gravity. + Sets whether the Jiggle joint at [param joint_idx] should use gravity. </description> </method> <method name="set_use_colliders"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DTwoBoneIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DTwoBoneIK.xml index 2fd7afc360..6618ebbcfb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DTwoBoneIK.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DTwoBoneIK.xml @@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the first bone. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the first bone based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. + Sets the bone index, [param bone_idx], of the first bone. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the first bone based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_joint_one_bone_name"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="bone_name" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the bone name, [code]bone_name[/code], of the first bone. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the first bone based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. + Sets the bone name, [param bone_name], of the first bone. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the first bone based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_joint_one_length"> @@ -129,14 +129,14 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the bone index, [code]bone_index[/code], of the second bone. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the second bone based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. + Sets the bone index, [param bone_idx], of the second bone. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_name[/code] of the second bone based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_joint_two_bone_name"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="bone_name" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the bone name, [code]bone_name[/code], of the second bone. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the second bone based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. + Sets the bone name, [param bone_name], of the second bone. When possible, this will also update the [code]bone_index[/code] of the second bone based on data provided by the [Skeleton3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_joint_two_length"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack2D.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack2D.xml index d752323231..950e52e622 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack2D.xml @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Deletes the [SkeletonModification2D] at the index position [code]mod_idx[/code], if it exists. + Deletes the [SkeletonModification2D] at the index position [param mod_idx], if it exists. </description> </method> <method name="enable_all_modifications"> @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <param index="0" name="delta" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="execution_mode" type="int" /> <description> - Executes all of the [SkeletonModification2D]s in the stack that use the same execution mode as the passed-in [code]execution_mode[/code], starting from index [code]0[/code] to [member modification_count]. + Executes all of the [SkeletonModification2D]s in the stack that use the same execution mode as the passed-in [param execution_mode], starting from index [code]0[/code] to [member modification_count]. [b]Note:[/b] The order of the modifications can matter depending on the modifications. For example, modifications on a spine should operate before modifications on the arms in order to get proper results. </description> </method> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <return type="SkeletonModification2D" /> <param index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [SkeletonModification2D] at the passed-in index, [code]mod_idx[/code]. + Returns the [SkeletonModification2D] at the passed-in index, [param mod_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_skeleton" qualifiers="const"> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ <param index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="modification" type="SkeletonModification2D" /> <description> - Sets the modification at [code]mod_idx[/code] to the passed-in modification, [code]modification[/code]. + Sets the modification at [param mod_idx] to the passed-in modification, [param modification]. </description> </method> <method name="setup"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack3D.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack3D.xml index 010c2181e7..fd4a8d462a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModificationStack3D.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Deletes the [SkeletonModification3D] at the index position [code]mod_idx[/code], if it exists. + Deletes the [SkeletonModification3D] at the index position [param mod_idx], if it exists. </description> </method> <method name="enable_all_modifications"> @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <param index="0" name="delta" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="execution_mode" type="int" /> <description> - Executes all of the [SkeletonModification3D]s in the stack that use the same execution mode as the passed-in [code]execution_mode[/code], starting from index [code]0[/code] to [member modification_count]. + Executes all of the [SkeletonModification3D]s in the stack that use the same execution mode as the passed-in [param execution_mode], starting from index [code]0[/code] to [member modification_count]. [b]Note:[/b] The order of the modifications can matter depending on the modifications. For example, modifications on a spine should operate before modifications on the arms in order to get proper results. </description> </method> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <return type="SkeletonModification3D" /> <param index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [SkeletonModification3D] at the passed-in index, [code]mod_idx[/code]. + Returns the [SkeletonModification3D] at the passed-in index, [param mod_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_skeleton" qualifiers="const"> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <param index="0" name="mod_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="modification" type="SkeletonModification3D" /> <description> - Sets the modification at [code]mod_idx[/code] to the passed-in modification, [code]modification[/code]. + Sets the modification at [param mod_idx] to the passed-in modification, [param modification]. </description> </method> <method name="setup"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonProfile.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonProfile.xml index 52925c2d41..55d21f3224 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonProfile.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonProfile.xml @@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="bone_name" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the bone index that matches [code]bone_name[/code] as its name. + Returns the bone index that matches [param bone_name] as its name. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] that will be the key name in the [BoneMap]. + Returns the name of the bone at [param bone_idx] that will be the key name in the [BoneMap]. In the retargeting process, the returned bone name is the bone name of the target skeleton. </description> </method> @@ -28,35 +28,35 @@ <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the bone which is the parent to the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. The result is empty if the bone has no parent. + Returns the name of the bone which is the parent to the bone at [param bone_idx]. The result is empty if the bone has no parent. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_tail" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the bone which is the tail of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the name of the bone which is the tail of the bone at [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_group" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the group of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the group of the bone at [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_group_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="group_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the name of the group at [code]group_idx[/code] that will be the drawing group in the [BoneMap] editor. + Returns the name of the group at [param group_idx] that will be the drawing group in the [BoneMap] editor. </description> </method> <method name="get_handle_offset" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the offset of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] that will be the button position in the [BoneMap] editor. + Returns the offset of the bone at [param bone_idx] that will be the button position in the [BoneMap] editor. This is the offset with origin at the top left corner of the square. </description> </method> @@ -64,21 +64,21 @@ <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the reference pose transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the reference pose transform for bone [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tail_direction" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="SkeletonProfile.TailDirection" /> <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the tail direction of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Returns the tail direction of the bone at [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_texture" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Texture2D" /> <param index="0" name="group_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the texture of the group at [code]group_idx[/code] that will be the drawing group background image in the [BoneMap] editor. + Returns the texture of the group at [param group_idx] that will be the drawing group background image in the [BoneMap] editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_bone_name"> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_name" type="StringName" /> <description> - Sets the name of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] that will be the key name in the [BoneMap]. + Sets the name of the bone at [param bone_idx] that will be the key name in the [BoneMap]. In the retargeting process, the setting bone name is the bone name of the target skeleton. </description> </method> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_parent" type="StringName" /> <description> - Sets the bone with name [code]bone_parent[/code] as the parent of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. If an empty string is passed, then the bone has no parent. + Sets the bone with name [param bone_parent] as the parent of the bone at [param bone_idx]. If an empty string is passed, then the bone has no parent. </description> </method> <method name="set_bone_tail"> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_tail" type="StringName" /> <description> - Sets the bone with name [code]bone_tail[/code] as the tail of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Sets the bone with name [param bone_tail] as the tail of the bone at [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_group"> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="group" type="StringName" /> <description> - Sets the group of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Sets the group of the bone at [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_group_name"> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ <param index="0" name="group_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="group_name" type="StringName" /> <description> - Sets the name of the group at [code]group_idx[/code] that will be the drawing group in the [BoneMap] editor. + Sets the name of the group at [param group_idx] that will be the drawing group in the [BoneMap] editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_handle_offset"> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="handle_offset" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Sets the offset of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code] that will be the button position in the [BoneMap] editor. + Sets the offset of the bone at [param bone_idx] that will be the button position in the [BoneMap] editor. This is the offset with origin at the top left corner of the square. </description> </method> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bone_name" type="Transform3D" /> <description> - Sets the reference pose transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Sets the reference pose transform for bone [param bone_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_tail_direction"> @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ <param index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="tail_direction" type="int" enum="SkeletonProfile.TailDirection" /> <description> - Sets the tail direction of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/code]. + Sets the tail direction of the bone at [param bone_idx]. [b]Note:[/b] This only specifies the method of calculation. The actual coordinates required should be stored in an external skeleton, so the calculation itself needs to be done externally. </description> </method> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ <param index="0" name="group_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="texture" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Sets the texture of the group at [code]group_idx[/code] that will be the drawing group background image in the [BoneMap] editor. + Sets the texture of the group at [param group_idx] that will be the drawing group background image in the [BoneMap] editor. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Slider.xml b/doc/classes/Slider.xml index 88ea7f2b49..c3dbd69e59 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Slider.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Slider.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ <signal name="drag_ended"> <param index="0" name="value_changed" type="bool" /> <description> - Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging. + Emitted when dragging stops. If [param value_changed] is true, [member Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging. </description> </signal> <signal name="drag_started"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SoftDynamicBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/SoftDynamicBody3D.xml index f59df90eca..87492704d7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SoftDynamicBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SoftDynamicBody3D.xml @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_layer] is enabled, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_layer] is enabled, given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_mask_value" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member collision_mask] is enabled, given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> <method name="get_physics_rid" qualifiers="const"> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="bool" /> <description> - Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_layer], given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_layer], given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_mask_value"> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="bool" /> <description> - Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [param layer_number] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> <method name="set_point_pinned"> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ <param index="1" name="pinned" type="bool" /> <param index="2" name="attachment_path" type="NodePath" default="NodePath("")" /> <description> - Sets the pinned state of a surface vertex. When set to [code]true[/code], the optional [code]attachment_path[/code] can define a [Node3D] the pinned vertex will be attached to. + Sets the pinned state of a surface vertex. When set to [code]true[/code], the optional [param attachment_path] can define a [Node3D] the pinned vertex will be attached to. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml b/doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml index f063a4c4c2..e9721495dd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ <param index="0" name="anim" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="newname" type="StringName" /> <description> - Changes the animation's name to [code]newname[/code]. + Changes the animation's name to [param newname]. </description> </method> <method name="set_animation_loop"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml index 7ce38d9d21..5bad9796b4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ <return type="Array" /> <param index="0" name="bytes" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be received can be requested in the [code]bytes[/code] argument. If not enough bytes are available, the function will block until the desired amount is received. This function returns two values, an [enum @GlobalScope.Error] code and a data array. + Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be received can be requested in the [param bytes] argument. If not enough bytes are available, the function will block until the desired amount is received. This function returns two values, an [enum @GlobalScope.Error] code and a data array. </description> </method> <method name="get_double"> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="bytes" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Gets an ASCII string with byte-length [code]bytes[/code] from the stream. If [code]bytes[/code] is negative (default) the length will be read from the stream using the reverse process of [method put_string]. + Gets an ASCII string with byte-length [param bytes] from the stream. If [param bytes] is negative (default) the length will be read from the stream using the reverse process of [method put_string]. </description> </method> <method name="get_u16"> @@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="bytes" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Gets an UTF-8 string with byte-length [code]bytes[/code] from the stream (this decodes the string sent as UTF-8). If [code]bytes[/code] is negative (default) the length will be read from the stream using the reverse process of [method put_utf8_string]. + Gets an UTF-8 string with byte-length [param bytes] from the stream (this decodes the string sent as UTF-8). If [param bytes] is negative (default) the length will be read from the stream using the reverse process of [method put_utf8_string]. </description> </method> <method name="get_var"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="allow_objects" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Gets a Variant from the stream. If [code]allow_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code], decoding objects is allowed. + Gets a Variant from the stream. If [param allow_objects] is [code]true[/code], decoding objects is allowed. [b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution. </description> </method> @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ <param index="0" name="value" type="Variant" /> <param index="1" name="full_objects" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Puts a Variant into the stream. If [code]full_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code] encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code). + Puts a Variant into the stream. If [param full_objects] is [code]true[/code] encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code). </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerBuffer.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerBuffer.xml index ee603360fa..4bef9f44b7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerBuffer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerBuffer.xml @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the cursor to the specified position. [code]position[/code] must be a valid index of [member data_array]. + Moves the cursor to the specified position. [param position] must be a valid index of [member data_array]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml index dd571226b8..7fe9c54e3e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <param index="2" name="certificate" type="X509Certificate" /> <param index="3" name="chain" type="X509Certificate" default="null" /> <description> - Accepts a peer connection as a server using the given [code]private_key[/code] and providing the given [code]certificate[/code] to the client. You can pass the optional [code]chain[/code] parameter to provide additional CA chain information along with the certificate. + Accepts a peer connection as a server using the given [param private_key] and providing the given [param certificate] to the client. You can pass the optional [param chain] parameter to provide additional CA chain information along with the certificate. </description> </method> <method name="connect_to_stream"> @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <param index="2" name="for_hostname" type="String" default="""" /> <param index="3" name="valid_certificate" type="X509Certificate" default="null" /> <description> - Connects to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] [code]stream[/code]. If [code]validate_certs[/code] is [code]true[/code], [StreamPeerSSL] will validate that the certificate presented by the peer matches the [code]for_hostname[/code]. - [b]Note:[/b] Specifying a custom [code]valid_certificate[/code] is not supported in HTML5 exports due to browsers restrictions. + Connects to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] [param stream]. If [param validate_certs] is [code]true[/code], [StreamPeerSSL] will validate that the certificate presented by the peer matches the [param for_hostname]. + [b]Note:[/b] Specifying a custom [param valid_certificate] is not supported in HTML5 exports due to browsers restrictions. </description> </method> <method name="disconnect_from_stream"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml index 58f3a0e8db..c08fb82797 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ <param index="1" name="host" type="String" default=""*"" /> <description> Opens the TCP socket, and binds it to the specified local address. - This method is generally not needed, and only used to force the subsequent call to [method connect_to_host] to use the specified [code]host[/code] and [code]port[/code] as source address. This can be desired in some NAT punchthrough techniques, or when forcing the source network interface. + This method is generally not needed, and only used to force the subsequent call to [method connect_to_host] to use the specified [param host] and [param port] as source address. This can be desired in some NAT punchthrough techniques, or when forcing the source network interface. </description> </method> <method name="connect_to_host"> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="enabled" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code], packets will be sent immediately. If [code]enabled[/code] is [code]false[/code] (the default), packet transfers will be delayed and combined using [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nagle%27s_algorithm]Nagle's algorithm[/url]. + If [param enabled] is [code]true[/code], packets will be sent immediately. If [param enabled] is [code]false[/code] (the default), packet transfers will be delayed and combined using [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nagle%27s_algorithm]Nagle's algorithm[/url]. [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to leave this disabled for applications that send large packets or need to transfer a lot of data, as enabling this can decrease the total available bandwidth. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/String.xml b/doc/classes/String.xml index 06579ec49e..ee508cf70a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/String.xml +++ b/doc/classes/String.xml @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ <param index="0" name="to" type="String" /> <description> Performs a case-sensitive comparison to another string. Returns [code]-1[/code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater than, or [code]0[/code] if equal. "less than" or "greater than" are determined by the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] of each string, which roughly matches the alphabetical order. - [b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "base" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/i] the actual visible characters. - [b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or [code]0[/code] if both strings are empty. + [b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "base" string is longer than the [param to] string or [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is shorter than the [param to] string. Keep in mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/i] the actual visible characters. + [b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [param to] string is empty or [code]0[/code] if both strings are empty. To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] operator instead. See also [method nocasecmp_to] and [method naturalnocasecmp_to]. </description> </method> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ <param index="1" name="from" type="int" default="0" /> <param index="2" name="to" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Returns the number of occurrences of substring [code]what[/code] between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] positions. If [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] equals 0 the whole string will be used. If only [code]to[/code] equals 0 the remained substring will be used. + Returns the number of occurrences of substring [param what] between [param from] and [param to] positions. If [param from] and [param to] equals 0 the whole string will be used. If only [param to] equals 0 the remained substring will be used. </description> </method> <method name="countn" qualifiers="const"> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ <param index="1" name="from" type="int" default="0" /> <param index="2" name="to" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Returns the number of occurrences of substring [code]what[/code] (ignoring case) between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] positions. If [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] equals 0 the whole string will be used. If only [code]to[/code] equals 0 the remained substring will be used. + Returns the number of occurrences of substring [param what] (ignoring case) between [param from] and [param to] positions. If [param from] and [param to] equals 0 the whole string will be used. If only [param to] equals 0 the remained substring will be used. </description> </method> <method name="dedent" qualifiers="const"> @@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ <param index="0" name="values" type="Variant" /> <param index="1" name="placeholder" type="String" default=""{_}"" /> <description> - Formats the string by replacing all occurrences of [code]placeholder[/code] with the elements of [code]values[/code]. - [code]values[/code] can be a [Dictionary] or an [Array]. Any underscores in [code]placeholder[/code] will be replaced with the corresponding keys in advance. Array elements use their index as keys. + Formats the string by replacing all occurrences of [param placeholder] with the elements of [param values]. + [param values] can be a [Dictionary] or an [Array]. Any underscores in [param placeholder] will be replaced with the corresponding keys in advance. Array elements use their index as keys. [codeblock] # Prints: Waiting for Godot is a play by Samuel Beckett, and Godot Engine is named after it. var use_array_values = "Waiting for {0} is a play by {1}, and {0} Engine is named after it." @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ # Prints: User 42 is Godot. print("User {id} is {name}.".format({"id": 42, "name": "Godot"})) [/codeblock] - Some additional handling is performed when [code]values[/code] is an array. If [code]placeholder[/code] does not contain an underscore, the elements of the array will be used to replace one occurrence of the placeholder in turn; If an array element is another 2-element array, it'll be interpreted as a key-value pair. + Some additional handling is performed when [param values] is an array. If [param placeholder] does not contain an underscore, the elements of the array will be used to replace one occurrence of the placeholder in turn; If an array element is another 2-element array, it'll be interpreted as a key-value pair. [codeblock] # Prints: User 42 is Godot. print("User {} is {}.".format([42, "Godot"], "{}")) @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ <param index="0" name="delimiter" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="slice" type="int" /> <description> - Splits a string using a [code]delimiter[/code] and returns a substring at index [code]slice[/code]. Returns an empty string if the index doesn't exist. + Splits a string using a [param delimiter] and returns a substring at index [param slice]. Returns an empty string if the index doesn't exist. This is a more performant alternative to [method split] for cases when you need only one element from the array at a fixed index. Example: [codeblock] @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="delimiter" type="String" /> <description> - Splits a string using a [code]delimiter[/code] and returns a number of slices. + Splits a string using a [param delimiter] and returns a number of slices. </description> </method> <method name="get_slicec" qualifiers="const"> @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ <param index="0" name="delimiter" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="slice" type="int" /> <description> - Splits a string using a Unicode character with code [code]delimiter[/code] and returns a substring at index [code]slice[/code]. Returns an empty string if the index doesn't exist. + Splits a string using a Unicode character with code [param delimiter] and returns a substring at index [param slice]. Returns an empty string if the index doesn't exist. This is a more performant alternative to [method split] for cases when you need only one element from the array at a fixed index. </description> </method> @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="prefix" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the string with lines indented with [code]prefix[/code]. + Returns a copy of the string with lines indented with [param prefix]. For example, the string can be indented with two tabs using [code]"\t\t"[/code], or four spaces using [code]" "[/code]. The prefix can be any string so it can also be used to comment out strings with e.g. [code]"# "[/code]. See also [method dedent] to remove indentation. [b]Note:[/b] Empty lines are kept empty. </description> @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ <param index="0" name="position" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="what" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the string with the substring [code]what[/code] inserted at the given position. + Returns a copy of the string with the substring [param what] inserted at the given [param position]. </description> </method> <method name="is_absolute_path" qualifiers="const"> @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="with_prefix" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid hexadecimal number. If [code]with_prefix[/code] is [code]true[/code], then a validity of the hexadecimal number is determined by [code]0x[/code] prefix, for instance: [code]0xDEADC0DE[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid hexadecimal number. If [param with_prefix] is [code]true[/code], then a validity of the hexadecimal number is determined by [code]0x[/code] prefix, for instance: [code]0xDEADC0DE[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="is_valid_html_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="parts" type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> - Returns a [String] which is the concatenation of the [code]parts[/code]. The separator between elements is the string providing this method. + Returns a [String] which is the concatenation of the [param parts]. The separator between elements is the string providing this method. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="length" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a number of characters from the left of the string. If negative [code]length[/code] is used, the characters are counted downwards from [String]'s length. + Returns a number of characters from the left of the string. If negative [param length] is used, the characters are counted downwards from [String]'s length. Examples: [codeblock] print("sample text".left(3)) #prints "sam" @@ -448,15 +448,15 @@ <param index="0" name="min_length" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="character" type="String" default="" "" /> <description> - Formats a string to be at least [code]min_length[/code] long by adding [code]character[/code]s to the left of the string. + Formats a string to be at least [param min_length] long by adding [param character]s to the left of the string. </description> </method> <method name="lstrip" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="chars" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the string with characters removed from the left. The [code]chars[/code] argument is a string specifying the set of characters to be removed. - [b]Note:[/b] The [code]chars[/code] is not a prefix. See [method trim_prefix] method that will remove a single prefix string rather than a set of characters. + Returns a copy of the string with characters removed from the left. The [param chars] argument is a string specifying the set of characters to be removed. + [b]Note:[/b] The [param chars] is not a prefix. See [method trim_prefix] method that will remove a single prefix string rather than a set of characters. </description> </method> <method name="match" qualifiers="const"> @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ <description> Performs a case-insensitive [i]natural order[/i] comparison to another string. Returns [code]-1[/code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater than, or [code]0[/code] if equal. "less than" or "greater than" are determined by the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] of each string, which roughly matches the alphabetical order. Internally, lowercase characters will be converted to uppercase during the comparison. When used for sorting, natural order comparison will order suites of numbers as expected by most people. If you sort the numbers from 1 to 10 using natural order, you will get [code][1, 2, 3, ...][/code] instead of [code][1, 10, 2, 3, ...][/code]. - [b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "base" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/i] the actual visible characters. - [b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or [code]0[/code] if both strings are empty. + [b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "base" string is longer than the [param to] string or [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is shorter than the [param to] string. Keep in mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/i] the actual visible characters. + [b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [param to] string is empty or [code]0[/code] if both strings are empty. To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] operator instead. See also [method nocasecmp_to] and [method casecmp_to]. </description> </method> @@ -501,8 +501,8 @@ <param index="0" name="to" type="String" /> <description> Performs a case-insensitive comparison to another string. Returns [code]-1[/code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater than, or [code]0[/code] if equal. "less than" or "greater than" are determined by the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] of each string, which roughly matches the alphabetical order. Internally, lowercase characters will be converted to uppercase during the comparison. - [b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "base" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/i] the actual visible characters. - [b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or [code]0[/code] if both strings are empty. + [b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "base" string is longer than the [param to] string or [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is shorter than the [param to] string. Keep in mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/i] the actual visible characters. + [b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the "base" string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [param to] string is empty or [code]0[/code] if both strings are empty. To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] operator instead. See also [method casecmp_to] and [method naturalnocasecmp_to]. </description> </method> @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ <param index="1" name="decimals" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Converts a [float] to a string representation of a decimal number. - The number of decimal places can be specified with [code]decimals[/code]. If [code]decimals[/code] is [code]-1[/code] (default), decimal places will be automatically adjusted so that the string representation has 14 significant digits (counting both digits to the left and the right of the decimal point). + The number of decimal places can be specified with [param decimals]. If [param decimals] is [code]-1[/code] (default), decimal places will be automatically adjusted so that the string representation has 14 significant digits (counting both digits to the left and the right of the decimal point). Trailing zeros are not included in the string. The last digit will be rounded and not truncated. Some examples: [codeblock] @@ -556,21 +556,21 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="digits" type="int" /> <description> - Formats a number to have an exact number of [code]digits[/code] after the decimal point. + Formats a number to have an exact number of [param digits] after the decimal point. </description> </method> <method name="pad_zeros" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="digits" type="int" /> <description> - Formats a number to have an exact number of [code]digits[/code] before the decimal point. + Formats a number to have an exact number of [param digits] before the decimal point. </description> </method> <method name="plus_file" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="file" type="String" /> <description> - If the string is a path, this concatenates [code]file[/code] at the end of the string as a subpath. E.g. [code]"this/is".plus_file("path") == "this/is/path"[/code]. + If the string is a path, this concatenates [param file] at the end of the string as a subpath. E.g. [code]"this/is".plus_file("path") == "this/is/path"[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="repeat" qualifiers="const"> @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="length" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a number of characters from the right of the string. If negative [code]length[/code] is used, the characters are counted downwards from [String]'s length. + Returns a number of characters from the right of the string. If negative [param length] is used, the characters are counted downwards from [String]'s length. Examples: [codeblock] print("sample text".right(3)) #prints "ext" @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ <param index="0" name="min_length" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="character" type="String" default="" "" /> <description> - Formats a string to be at least [code]min_length[/code] long by adding [code]character[/code]s to the right of the string. + Formats a string to be at least [param min_length] long by adding [param character]s to the right of the string. </description> </method> <method name="rsplit" qualifiers="const"> @@ -638,10 +638,10 @@ <param index="1" name="allow_empty" type="bool" default="true" /> <param index="2" name="maxsplit" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Splits the string by a [code]delimiter[/code] string and returns an array of the substrings, starting from right. + Splits the string by a [param delimiter] string and returns an array of the substrings, starting from right. The splits in the returned array are sorted in the same order as the original string, from left to right. - If [code]allow_empty[/code] is [code]true[/code], and there are two adjacent delimiters in the string, it will add an empty string to the array of substrings at this position. - If [code]maxsplit[/code] is specified, it defines the number of splits to do from the right up to [code]maxsplit[/code]. The default value of 0 means that all items are split, thus giving the same result as [method split]. + If [param allow_empty] is [code]true[/code], and there are two adjacent delimiters in the string, it will add an empty string to the array of substrings at this position. + If [param maxsplit] is specified, it defines the number of splits to do from the right up to [param maxsplit]. The default value of 0 means that all items are split, thus giving the same result as [method split]. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -661,8 +661,8 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="chars" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the string with characters removed from the right. The [code]chars[/code] argument is a string specifying the set of characters to be removed. - [b]Note:[/b] The [code]chars[/code] is not a suffix. See [method trim_suffix] method that will remove a single suffix string rather than a set of characters. + Returns a copy of the string with characters removed from the right. The [param chars] argument is a string specifying the set of characters to be removed. + [b]Note:[/b] The [param chars] is not a suffix. See [method trim_suffix] method that will remove a single suffix string rather than a set of characters. </description> </method> <method name="sha1_buffer" qualifiers="const"> @@ -714,9 +714,9 @@ <param index="1" name="allow_empty" type="bool" default="true" /> <param index="2" name="maxsplit" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Splits the string by a [code]delimiter[/code] string and returns an array of the substrings. The [code]delimiter[/code] can be of any length. - If [code]allow_empty[/code] is [code]true[/code], and there are two adjacent delimiters in the string, it will add an empty string to the array of substrings at this position. - If [code]maxsplit[/code] is specified, it defines the number of splits to do from the left up to [code]maxsplit[/code]. The default value of [code]0[/code] means that all items are split. + Splits the string by a [param delimiter] string and returns an array of the substrings. The [param delimiter] can be of any length. + If [param allow_empty] is [code]true[/code], and there are two adjacent delimiters in the string, it will add an empty string to the array of substrings at this position. + If [param maxsplit] is specified, it defines the number of splits to do from the left up to [param maxsplit]. The default value of [code]0[/code] means that all items are split. If you need only one element from the array at a specific index, [method get_slice] is a more performant option. Example: [codeblocks] @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ <description> Splits the string in floats by using a delimiter string and returns an array of the substrings. For example, [code]"1,2.5,3"[/code] will return [code][1,2.5,3][/code] if split by [code]","[/code]. - If [code]allow_empty[/code] is [code]true[/code], and there are two adjacent delimiters in the string, it will add an empty string to the array of substrings at this position. + If [param allow_empty] is [code]true[/code], and there are two adjacent delimiters in the string, it will add an empty string to the array of substrings at this position. </description> </method> <method name="strip_edges" qualifiers="const"> @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ <param index="0" name="from" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="len" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Returns part of the string from the position [code]from[/code] with length [code]len[/code]. Argument [code]len[/code] is optional and using [code]-1[/code] will return remaining characters from given position. + Returns part of the string from the position [param from] with length [param len]. Argument [param len] is optional and using [code]-1[/code] will return remaining characters from given position. </description> </method> <method name="to_ascii_buffer" qualifiers="const"> @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="at" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the character code at position [code]at[/code]. + Returns the character code at position [param at]. </description> </method> <method name="uri_decode" qualifiers="const"> @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="escape_quotes" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the XML standard. If [code]escape_quotes[/code] is [code]true[/code], the single quote ([code]'[/code]) and double quote ([code]"[/code]) characters are also escaped. + Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the XML standard. If [param escape_quotes] is [code]true[/code], the single quote ([code]'[/code]) and double quote ([code]"[/code]) characters are also escaped. </description> </method> <method name="xml_unescape" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml index 8593acd1ef..d9c19a0c86 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ <param index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Side" /> <param index="1" name="offset" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the default value of the specified [enum Side] to [code]offset[/code] pixels. + Sets the default value of the specified [enum Side] to [param offset] pixels. </description> </method> <method name="test_mask" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml index 48f656af8e..c4024fa4b5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="corner" type="int" enum="Corner" /> <description> - Returns the given [code]corner[/code]'s radius. See [enum Corner] for possible values. + Returns the given [param corner]'s radius. See [enum Corner] for possible values. </description> </method> <method name="get_expand_margin" qualifiers="const"> @@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ <param index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Side" /> <param index="1" name="width" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the specified [enum Side]'s border width to [code]width[/code] pixels. + Sets the specified [enum Side]'s border width to [param width] pixels. </description> </method> <method name="set_border_width_all"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="width" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the border width to [code]width[/code] pixels for all sides. + Sets the border width to [param width] pixels for all sides. </description> </method> <method name="set_corner_radius"> @@ -71,14 +71,14 @@ <param index="0" name="corner" type="int" enum="Corner" /> <param index="1" name="radius" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the corner radius to [code]radius[/code] pixels for the given [code]corner[/code]. See [enum Corner] for possible values. + Sets the corner radius to [param radius] pixels for the given [param corner]. See [enum Corner] for possible values. </description> </method> <method name="set_corner_radius_all"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="radius" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the corner radius to [code]radius[/code] pixels for all corners. + Sets the corner radius to [param radius] pixels for all corners. </description> </method> <method name="set_corner_radius_individual"> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <param index="2" name="radius_bottom_right" type="int" /> <param index="3" name="radius_bottom_left" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the corner radius for each corner to [code]radius_top_left[/code], [code]radius_top_right[/code], [code]radius_bottom_right[/code], and [code]radius_bottom_left[/code] pixels. + Sets the corner radius for each corner to [param radius_top_left], [param radius_top_right], [param radius_bottom_right], and [param radius_bottom_left] pixels. </description> </method> <method name="set_expand_margin"> @@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ <param index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Side" /> <param index="1" name="size" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the expand margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. + Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> <method name="set_expand_margin_all"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="size" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the expand margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for all margins. + Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for all margins. </description> </method> <method name="set_expand_margin_individual"> @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ <param index="2" name="size_right" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="size_bottom" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the expand margin for each margin to [code]size_left[/code], [code]size_top[/code], [code]size_right[/code], and [code]size_bottom[/code] pixels. + Sets the expand margin for each margin to [param size_left], [param size_top], [param size_right], and [param size_bottom] pixels. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml index 2468857cf1..7db70e630d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="size" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the expand margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for all margins. + Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for all margins. </description> </method> <method name="set_expand_margin_individual"> @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <param index="2" name="size_right" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="size_bottom" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the expand margin for each margin to [code]size_left[/code], [code]size_top[/code], [code]size_right[/code], and [code]size_bottom[/code] pixels. + Sets the expand margin for each margin to [param size_left], [param size_top], [param size_right], and [param size_bottom] pixels. </description> </method> <method name="set_expand_margin_size"> @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <param index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Side" /> <param index="1" name="size" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the expand margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. + Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> <method name="set_margin_size"> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ <param index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Side" /> <param index="1" name="size" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. + Sets the margin to [param size] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml b/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml index 51c9e59fd2..ccec691107 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ <param index="1" name="flags" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Returns a constructed [ArrayMesh] from current information passed in. If an existing [ArrayMesh] is passed in as an argument, will add an extra surface to the existing [ArrayMesh]. - [b]FIXME:[/b] Document possible values for [code]flags[/code], it changed in 4.0. Likely some combinations of [enum Mesh.ArrayFormat]. + [b]FIXME:[/b] Document possible values for [param flags], it changed in 4.0. Likely some combinations of [enum Mesh.ArrayFormat]. </description> </method> <method name="commit_to_arrays"> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ <param index="0" name="nd_threshold" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="target_index_count" type="int" default="3" /> <description> - Generates a LOD for a given [code]nd_threshold[/code] in linear units (square root of quadric error metric), using at most [code]target_index_count[/code] indices. + Generates a LOD for a given [param nd_threshold] in linear units (square root of quadric error metric), using at most [param target_index_count] indices. Deprecated. Unused internally and neglects to preserve normals or UVs. Consider using [method ImporterMesh.generate_lods] instead. </description> </method> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="flip" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Generates normals from vertices so you do not have to do it manually. If [code]flip[/code] is [code]true[/code], the resulting normals will be inverted. [method generate_normals] should be called [i]after[/i] generating geometry and [i]before[/i] committing the mesh using [method commit] or [method commit_to_arrays]. For correct display of normal-mapped surfaces, you will also have to generate tangents using [method generate_tangents]. + Generates normals from vertices so you do not have to do it manually. If [param flip] is [code]true[/code], the resulting normals will be inverted. [method generate_normals] should be called [i]after[/i] generating geometry and [i]before[/i] committing the mesh using [method commit] or [method commit_to_arrays]. For correct display of normal-mapped surfaces, you will also have to generate tangents using [method generate_tangents]. [b]Note:[/b] [method generate_normals] only works if the primitive type to be set to [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]. </description> </method> @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ <return type="int" enum="SurfaceTool.CustomFormat" /> <param index="0" name="channel_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the format for custom [code]channel_index[/code] (currently up to 4). Returns [constant CUSTOM_MAX] if this custom channel is unused. + Returns the format for custom [param channel_index] (currently up to 4). Returns [constant CUSTOM_MAX] if this custom channel is unused. </description> </method> <method name="get_primitive_type" qualifiers="const"> @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="bones" type="PackedInt32Array" /> <description> - Specifies an array of bones to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [code]bones[/code] must contain 4 integers. + Specifies an array of bones to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [param bones] must contain 4 integers. </description> </method> <method name="set_color"> @@ -200,8 +200,8 @@ <param index="0" name="channel_index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="custom_color" type="Color" /> <description> - Sets the custom value on this vertex for [code]channel_index[/code]. - [method set_custom_format] must be called first for this [code]channel_index[/code]. Formats which are not RGBA will ignore other color channels. + Sets the custom value on this vertex for [param channel_index]. + [method set_custom_format] must be called first for this [param channel_index]. Formats which are not RGBA will ignore other color channels. </description> </method> <method name="set_custom_format"> @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ <param index="0" name="channel_index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="format" type="int" enum="SurfaceTool.CustomFormat" /> <description> - Sets the color format for this custom [code]channel_index[/code]. Use [constant CUSTOM_MAX] to disable. + Sets the color format for this custom [param channel_index]. Use [constant CUSTOM_MAX] to disable. Must be invoked after [method begin] and should be set before [method commit] or [method commit_to_arrays]. </description> </method> @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="weights" type="PackedFloat32Array" /> <description> - Specifies weight values to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [code]weights[/code] must contain 4 values. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. + Specifies weight values to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [param weights] must contain 4 values. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TCPServer.xml b/doc/classes/TCPServer.xml index 0990fb853a..fbed80bcfa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TCPServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TCPServer.xml @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="bind_address" type="String" default=""*"" /> <description> - Listen on the [code]port[/code] binding to [code]bind_address[/code]. - If [code]bind_address[/code] is set as [code]"*"[/code] (default), the server will listen on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6). - If [code]bind_address[/code] is set as [code]"0.0.0.0"[/code] (for IPv4) or [code]"::"[/code] (for IPv6), the server will listen on all available addresses matching that IP type. - If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to any valid address (e.g. [code]"192.168.1.101"[/code], [code]"::1"[/code], etc), the server will only listen on the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface with the given address exists). + Listen on the [param port] binding to [param bind_address]. + If [param bind_address] is set as [code]"*"[/code] (default), the server will listen on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6). + If [param bind_address] is set as [code]"0.0.0.0"[/code] (for IPv4) or [code]"::"[/code] (for IPv6), the server will listen on all available addresses matching that IP type. + If [param bind_address] is set to any valid address (e.g. [code]"192.168.1.101"[/code], [code]"::1"[/code], etc), the server will only listen on the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface with the given address exists). </description> </method> <method name="stop"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TabBar.xml b/doc/classes/TabBar.xml index f4ec33e9e1..713c016651 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TabBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TabBar.xml @@ -40,21 +40,21 @@ <return type="Texture2D" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Texture2D] for the right button of the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] or [code]null[/code] if the button has no [Texture2D]. + Returns the [Texture2D] for the right button of the tab at index [param tab_idx] or [code]null[/code] if the button has no [Texture2D]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tab_icon" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Texture2D" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Texture2D] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] or [code]null[/code] if the tab has no [Texture2D]. + Returns the [Texture2D] for the tab at index [param tab_idx] or [code]null[/code] if the tab has no [Texture2D]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tab_idx_at_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [code]point[/code]. Returns [code]-1[/code] if the point is outside the control boundaries or if there's no tab at the queried position. + Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [param point]. Returns [code]-1[/code] if the point is outside the control boundaries or if there's no tab at the queried position. </description> </method> <method name="get_tab_language" qualifiers="const"> @@ -88,21 +88,21 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the title of the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. + Returns the title of the tab at index [param tab_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="is_tab_disabled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] is disabled. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [param tab_idx] is disabled. </description> </method> <method name="is_tab_hidden" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] is hidden. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [param tab_idx] is hidden. </description> </method> <method name="move_tab"> @@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ <param index="0" name="from" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to" type="int" /> <description> - Moves a tab from [code]from[/code] to [code]to[/code]. + Moves a tab from [param from] to [param to]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_tab"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. + Removes the tab at index [param tab_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_button_icon"> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Sets an [code]icon[/code] for the button of the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] (located to the right, before the close button), making it visible and clickable (See [signal tab_button_pressed]). Giving it a [code]null[/code] value will hide the button. + Sets an [param icon] for the button of the tab at index [param tab_idx] (located to the right, before the close button), making it visible and clickable (See [signal tab_button_pressed]). Giving it a [code]null[/code] value will hide the button. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_disabled"> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="disabled" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]disabled[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code], making it non-interactable. + If [param disabled] is [code]true[/code], disables the tab at index [param tab_idx], making it non-interactable. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_hidden"> @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="hidden" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], hides the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code], making it disappear from the tab area. + If [param hidden] is [code]true[/code], hides the tab at index [param tab_idx], making it disappear from the tab area. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_icon"> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Sets an [code]icon[/code] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. + Sets an [param icon] for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_language"> @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="title" type="String" /> <description> - Sets a [code]title[/code] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. + Sets a [param title] for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml b/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml index 3a3b0a7b28..74f258072c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ <return type="Texture2D" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the button icon from the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. + Returns the button icon from the tab at index [param tab_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tab_control" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Control" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Control] node from the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. + Returns the [Control] node from the tab at index [param tab_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tab_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -55,42 +55,42 @@ <return type="Texture2D" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Texture2D] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] or [code]null[/code] if the tab has no [Texture2D]. + Returns the [Texture2D] for the tab at index [param tab_idx] or [code]null[/code] if the tab has no [Texture2D]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tab_idx_at_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [code]point[/code]. Returns [code]-1[/code] if the point is outside the control boundaries or if there's no tab at the queried position. + Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [param point]. Returns [code]-1[/code] if the point is outside the control boundaries or if there's no tab at the queried position. </description> </method> <method name="get_tab_idx_from_control" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="control" type="Control" /> <description> - Returns the index of the tab tied to the given [code]control[/code]. The control must be a child of the [TabContainer]. + Returns the index of the tab tied to the given [param control]. The control must be a child of the [TabContainer]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tab_title" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the title of the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Tab titles default to the name of the indexed child node, but this can be overridden with [method set_tab_title]. + Returns the title of the tab at index [param tab_idx]. Tab titles default to the name of the indexed child node, but this can be overridden with [method set_tab_title]. </description> </method> <method name="is_tab_disabled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] is disabled. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [param tab_idx] is disabled. </description> </method> <method name="is_tab_hidden" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] is hidden. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [param tab_idx] is hidden. </description> </method> <method name="set_popup"> @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Sets the button icon from the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. + Sets the button icon from the tab at index [param tab_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_disabled"> @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="disabled" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]disabled[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code], making it non-interactable. + If [param disabled] is [code]true[/code], disables the tab at index [param tab_idx], making it non-interactable. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_hidden"> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="hidden" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], hides the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code], making it disappear from the tab area. + If [param hidden] is [code]true[/code], hides the tab at index [param tab_idx], making it disappear from the tab area. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_icon"> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Sets an icon for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. + Sets an icon for the tab at index [param tab_idx]. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_title"> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ <param index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="title" type="String" /> <description> - Sets a custom title for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] (tab titles default to the name of the indexed child node). Set it back to the child's name to make the tab default to it again. + Sets a custom title for the tab at index [param tab_idx] (tab titles default to the name of the indexed child node). Set it back to the child's name to make the tab default to it again. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml index c1fdfbf085..40d6d67f4c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="unicode_char" type="int" /> <description> - Override this method to define what happens when the types in the provided key [code]unicode[/code]. + Override this method to define what happens when the user types in the provided key [param unicode_char]. </description> </method> <method name="_paste" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="at" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Register a new gutter to this [TextEdit]. Use [code]at[/code] to have a specific gutter order. A value of [code]-1[/code] appends the gutter to the right. + Register a new gutter to this [TextEdit]. Use [param at] to have a specific gutter order. A value of [code]-1[/code] appends the gutter to the right. </description> </method> <method name="adjust_viewport_to_caret"> @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="allow_out_of_bounds" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Returns the line and column at the given position. In the returned vector, [code]x[/code] is the column, [code]y[/code] is the line. If [code]allow_out_of_bounds[/code] is [code]false[/code] and the position is not over the text, both vector values will be set to [code]-1[/code]. + Returns the line and column at the given position. In the returned vector, [code]x[/code] is the column, [code]y[/code] is the line. If [param allow_out_of_bounds] is [code]false[/code] and the position is not over the text, both vector values will be set to [code]-1[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_line_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the icon currently in [code]gutter[/code] at [code]line[/code]. + Returns the icon currently in [param gutter] at [param line]. </description> </method> <method name="get_line_gutter_item_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the color currently in [code]gutter[/code] at [code]line[/code]. + Returns the color currently in [param gutter] at [param line]. </description> </method> <method name="get_line_gutter_metadata" qualifiers="const"> @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the metadata currently in [code]gutter[/code] at [code]line[/code]. + Returns the metadata currently in [param gutter] at [param line]. </description> </method> <method name="get_line_gutter_text" qualifiers="const"> @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the text currently in [code]gutter[/code] at [code]line[/code]. + Returns the text currently in [param gutter] at [param line]. </description> </method> <method name="get_line_height" qualifiers="const"> @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="wrap_index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Returns the width in pixels of the [code]wrap_index[/code] on [code]line[/code]. + Returns the width in pixels of the [param wrap_index] on [param line]. </description> </method> <method name="get_line_wrap_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the equivalent minimap line at [code]position[/code] + Returns the equivalent minimap line at [param position] </description> </method> <method name="get_minimap_visible_lines" qualifiers="const"> @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="visible_amount" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the count to the next visible line from [code]line[/code] to [code]line + visible_amount[/code]. Can also count backwards. For example if a [TextEdit] has 5 lines with lines 2 and 3 hidden, calling this with [code]line = 1, visible_amount = 1[/code] would return 3. + Returns the count to the next visible line from [param line] to [code]line + visible_amount[/code]. Can also count backwards. For example if a [TextEdit] has 5 lines with lines 2 and 3 hidden, calling this with [code]line = 1, visible_amount = 1[/code] would return 3. </description> </method> <method name="get_pos_at_line_column" qualifiers="const"> @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the local position for the given [code]line[/code] and [code]column[/code]. If [code]x[/code] or [code]y[/code] of the returned vector equal [code]-1[/code], the position is outside of the viewable area of the control. + Returns the local position for the given [param line] and [param column]. If [code]x[/code] or [code]y[/code] of the returned vector equal [code]-1[/code], the position is outside of the viewable area of the control. [b]Note:[/b] The Y position corresponds to the bottom side of the line. Use [method get_rect_at_line_column] to get the top side position. </description> </method> @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the local position and size for the grapheme at the given [code]line[/code] and [code]column[/code]. If [code]x[/code] or [code]y[/code] position of the returned rect equal [code]-1[/code], the position is outside of the viewable area of the control. + Returns the local position and size for the grapheme at the given [param line] and [param column]. If [code]x[/code] or [code]y[/code] position of the returned rect equal [code]-1[/code], the position is outside of the viewable area of the control. [b]Note:[/b] The Y position of the returned rect corresponds to the top side of the line, unlike [method get_pos_at_line_column] which returns the bottom side. </description> </method> @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="wrap_index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Returns the scroll position for [code]wrap_index[/code] of [code]line[/code]. + Returns the scroll position for [param wrap_index] of [param line]. </description> </method> <method name="get_selected_text" qualifiers="const"> @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns the word at [code]position[/code]. + Returns the word at [param position]. </description> </method> <method name="get_word_under_caret" qualifiers="const"> @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="text" type="String" /> <description> - Inserts a new line with [code]text[/code] at [code]line[/code]. + Inserts a new line with [param text] at [param line]. </description> </method> <method name="insert_text_at_caret"> @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="edges" type="bool" /> <description> - Returns whether the mouse is over selection. If [code]edges[/code] is [code]true[/code], the edges are considered part of the selection. + Returns whether the mouse is over selection. If [param edges] is [code]true[/code], the edges are considered part of the selection. </description> </method> <method name="is_overtype_mode_enabled" qualifiers="const"> @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ <param index="0" name="from_line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_line" type="int" /> <description> - Merge the gutters from [code]from_line[/code] into [code]to_line[/code]. Only overwritable gutters will be copied. + Merge the gutters from [param from_line] into [param to_line]. Only overwritable gutters will be copied. </description> </method> <method name="paste"> @@ -689,8 +689,8 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="adjust_viewport" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Moves the caret to the specified [code]column[/code] index. - If [code]adjust_viewport[/code] is [code]true[/code], the viewport will center at the caret position after the move occurs. + Moves the caret to the specified [param column] index. + If [param adjust_viewport] is [code]true[/code], the viewport will center at the caret position after the move occurs. </description> </method> <method name="set_caret_line"> @@ -700,9 +700,9 @@ <param index="2" name="can_be_hidden" type="bool" default="true" /> <param index="3" name="wrap_index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Moves the caret to the specified [code]line[/code] index. - If [code]adjust_viewport[/code] is [code]true[/code], the viewport will center at the caret position after the move occurs. - If [code]can_be_hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], the specified [code]line[/code] can be hidden. + Moves the caret to the specified [param line] index. + If [param adjust_viewport] is [code]true[/code], the viewport will center at the caret position after the move occurs. + If [param can_be_hidden] is [code]true[/code], the specified [code]line[/code] can be hidden. </description> </method> <method name="set_gutter_clickable"> @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="wrap_index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Positions the [code]wrap_index[/code] of [code]line[/code] at the center of the viewport. + Positions the [param wrap_index] of [param line] at the center of the viewport. </description> </method> <method name="set_line_as_first_visible"> @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="wrap_index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Positions the [code]wrap_index[/code] of [code]line[/code] at the top of the viewport. + Positions the [param wrap_index] of [param line] at the top of the viewport. </description> </method> <method name="set_line_as_last_visible"> @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ <param index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="wrap_index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Positions the [code]wrap_index[/code] of [code]line[/code] at the bottom of the viewport. + Positions the [param wrap_index] of [param line] at the bottom of the viewport. </description> </method> <method name="set_line_background_color"> @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="clickable" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets the [code]gutter[/code] on [code]line[/code] as clickable. + If [param clickable] is [code]true[/code], makes the [param gutter] on [param line] clickable. See [signal gutter_clicked]. </description> </method> <method name="set_line_gutter_icon"> @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Sets the icon for [code]gutter[/code] on [code]line[/code]. + Sets the icon for [param gutter] on [param line] to [param icon]. </description> </method> <method name="set_line_gutter_item_color"> @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Sets the color for [code]gutter[/code] on [code]line[/code]. + Sets the color for [param gutter] on [param line] to [param color]. </description> </method> <method name="set_line_gutter_metadata"> @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="metadata" type="Variant" /> <description> - Sets the metadata for [code]gutter[/code] on [code]line[/code]. + Sets the metadata for [param gutter] on [param line] to [param metadata]. </description> </method> <method name="set_line_gutter_text"> @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ <param index="1" name="gutter" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="text" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the text for [code]gutter[/code] on [code]line[/code]. + Sets the text for [param gutter] on [param line] to [param text]. </description> </method> <method name="set_overtype_mode_enabled"> @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="flags" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the search flags. This is used with [method set_search_text] to highlight occurrences of the searched text. Search flags can be specified from the [enum SearchFlags] enum. + Sets the search [param flags]. This is used with [method set_search_text] to highlight occurrences of the searched text. Search flags can be specified from the [enum SearchFlags] enum. </description> </method> <method name="set_search_text"> @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ <param index="1" name="to_line" type="int" /> <description> Emitted immediately when the text changes. - When text is added [code]from_line[/code] will be less then [code]to_line[/code]. On a remove [code]to_line[/code] will be less then [code]from_line[/code]. + When text is added [param from_line] will be less then [param to_line]. On a remove [param to_line] will be less then [param from_line]. </description> </signal> <signal name="text_changed"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextLine.xml b/doc/classes/TextLine.xml index c7fd767743..471c1a9040 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextLine.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextLine.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ <param index="2" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="InlineAlignment" default="5" /> <param index="3" name="length" type="int" default="1" /> <description> - Adds inline object to the text buffer, [code]key[/code] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [code]length[/code] object replacement characters. + Adds inline object to the text buffer, [param key] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [param length] object replacement characters. </description> </method> <method name="add_string"> @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <param index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2" /> <param index="2" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="draw_outline" qualifiers="const"> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <param index="2" name="outline_size" type="int" default="1" /> <param index="3" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="get_line_ascent" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml b/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml index ea3815cec4..e0729ba844 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ <param index="2" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="InlineAlignment" default="5" /> <param index="3" name="length" type="int" default="1" /> <description> - Adds inline object to the text buffer, [code]key[/code] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [code]length[/code] object replacement characters. + Adds inline object to the text buffer, [param key] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [param length] object replacement characters. </description> </method> <method name="add_string"> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <param index="2" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <param index="3" name="dc_color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw all lines of the text and drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw all lines of the text and drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="draw_dropcap" qualifiers="const"> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ <param index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2" /> <param index="2" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="draw_dropcap_outline" qualifiers="const"> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <param index="2" name="outline_size" type="int" default="1" /> <param index="3" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw drop cap outline into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw drop cap outline into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="draw_line" qualifiers="const"> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <param index="2" name="line" type="int" /> <param index="3" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw single line of text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw single line of text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="draw_line_outline" qualifiers="const"> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ <param index="3" name="outline_size" type="int" default="1" /> <param index="4" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw outline of the single line of text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw outline of the single line of text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="draw_outline" qualifiers="const"> @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ <param index="3" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <param index="4" name="dc_color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw outlines of all lines of the text and drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + Draw outlines of all lines of the text and drop cap into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. </description> </method> <method name="get_dropcap_lines" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml index be3c04e913..c18291914f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ <param index="0" name="direction" type="int" enum="TextServer.Direction" default="0" /> <param index="1" name="orientation" type="int" enum="TextServer.Orientation" default="0" /> <description> - Creates new buffer for complex text layout, with the given [code]direction[/code] and [code]orientation[/code]. To free the resulting buffer, use [method free_rid] method. + Creates new buffer for complex text layout, with the given [param direction] and [param orientation]. To free the resulting buffer, use [method free_rid] method. [b]Note:[/b] Direction is ignored if server does not support [constant FEATURE_BIDI_LAYOUT] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]). [b]Note:[/b] Orientation is ignored if server does not support [constant FEATURE_VERTICAL_LAYOUT] feature (supported by [TextServerAdvanced]). </description> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <param index="4" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="5" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font_rid[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [param font_rid] at the size [param size]. [b]Note:[/b] Glyph index is specific to the font, use glyphs indices returned by [method shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method font_get_glyph_index]. [b]Note:[/b] If there are pending glyphs to render, calling this function might trigger the texture cache update. </description> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <param index="5" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="6" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draws single glyph outline of size [code]outline_size[/code] into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font_rid[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Draws single glyph outline of size [param outline_size] into a canvas item at the position, using [param font_rid] at the size [param size]. [b]Note:[/b] Glyph index is specific to the font, use glyphs indices returned by [method shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method font_get_glyph_index]. [b]Note:[/b] If there are pending glyphs to render, calling this function might trigger the texture cache update. </description> @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ <param index="2" name="char" type="int" /> <param index="3" name="variation_selector" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the glyph index of a [code]char[/code], optionally modified by the [code]variation_selector[/code]. + Returns the glyph index of a [param char], optionally modified by the [param variation_selector]. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_glyph_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ <param index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="language" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]language[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [param language]. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_language_support_overrides"> @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ <param index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="script" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]script[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [param script]. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_script_support_overrides"> @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ <param index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="char" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if a Unicode [code]char[/code] is available in the font. + Returns [code]true[/code] if a Unicode [param char] is available in the font. </description> </method> <method name="font_is_antialiased" qualifiers="const"> @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ <param index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="strength" type="float" /> <description> - Sets font embolden strength. If [code]strength[/code] is not equal to zero, emboldens the font outlines. Negative values reduce the outline thickness. + Sets font embolden strength. If [param strength] is not equal to zero, emboldens the font outlines. Negative values reduce the outline thickness. </description> </method> <method name="font_set_face_index"> @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ <param index="0" name="number" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="language" type="String" default="""" /> <description> - Converts a number from the Western Arabic (0..9) to the numeral systems used in [code]language[/code]. + Converts a number from the Western Arabic (0..9) to the numeral systems used in [param language]. </description> </method> <method name="free_rid"> @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]rid[/code] is valid resource owned by this text server. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [param rid] is valid resource owned by this text server. </description> </method> <method name="has_feature" qualifiers="const"> @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="string" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] is [code]string[/code] is a valid identifier. + Returns [code]true[/code] is [param string] is a valid identifier. If the text server supports the [constant FEATURE_UNICODE_IDENTIFIERS] feature, a valid identifier must: - Conform to normalization form C. - Begin with a Unicode character of class XID_Start or [code]"_"[/code]. @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ <param index="0" name="number" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="language" type="String" default="""" /> <description> - Converts a number from the numeral systems used in [code]language[/code] to Western Arabic (0..9). + Converts [param number] from the numeral systems used in [param language] to Western Arabic (0..9). </description> </method> <method name="parse_structured_text" qualifiers="const"> @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="language" type="String" default="""" /> <description> - Returns percent sign used in the [code]language[/code]. + Returns percent sign used in the [param language]. </description> </method> <method name="save_support_data" qualifiers="const"> @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ <param index="3" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="InlineAlignment" default="5" /> <param index="4" name="length" type="int" default="1" /> <description> - Adds inline object to the text buffer, [code]key[/code] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [code]length[/code] object replacement characters. + Adds inline object to the text buffer, [param key] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [param length] object replacement characters. </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_add_string"> @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ <param index="4" name="clip_r" type="float" default="-1" /> <param index="5" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). + Draw shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_draw_outline" qualifiers="const"> @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ <param index="5" name="outline_size" type="int" default="1" /> <param index="6" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draw the outline of the shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). + Draw the outline of the shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_fit_to_width"> @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="position" type="int" /> <description> - Returns shapes of the carets corresponding to the character offset [code]position[/code] in the text. Returned caret shape is 1 pixel wide rectangle. + Returns shapes of the carets corresponding to the character offset [param position] in the text. Returned caret shape is 1 pixel wide rectangle. </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_get_custom_punctuation" qualifiers="const"> @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="grapheme_flags" type="int" enum="TextServer.GraphemeFlag" default="264" /> <description> - Breaks text into words and returns array of character ranges. Use [code]grapheme_flags[/code] to set what characters are used for breaking (see [enum GraphemeFlag]). + Breaks text into words and returns array of character ranges. Use [param grapheme_flags] to set what characters are used for breaking (see [enum GraphemeFlag]). </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_hit_test_grapheme" qualifiers="const"> @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="pos" type="int" /> <description> - Returns composite character end position closest to the [code]pos[/code]. + Returns composite character end position closest to the [param pos]. </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_overrun_trim_to_width"> @@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="pos" type="int" /> <description> - Returns composite character start position closest to the [code]pos[/code]. + Returns composite character start position closest to the [param pos]. </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_resize_object"> @@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ <param index="1" name="start" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="length" type="int" /> <description> - Returns text buffer for the substring of the text in the [code]shaped[/code] text buffer (including inline objects). + Returns text buffer for the substring of the text in the [param shaped] text buffer (including inline objects). </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_tab_align"> @@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="string" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]string[/code] is likely to be an attempt at confusing the reader. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [param string] is likely to be an attempt at confusing the reader. [b]Note:[/b] Always returns [code]false[/code] if the server does not support the [constant FEATURE_UNICODE_SECURITY] feature. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServerExtension.xml b/doc/classes/TextServerExtension.xml index acf6e5833d..b288dc5416 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextServerExtension.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextServerExtension.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ <param index="0" name="direction" type="int" enum="TextServer.Direction" /> <param index="1" name="orientation" type="int" enum="TextServer.Orientation" /> <description> - Creates new buffer for complex text layout, with the given [code]direction[/code] and [code]orientation[/code]. To free the resulting buffer, use [method free_rid] method. + Creates new buffer for complex text layout, with the given [param direction] and [param orientation]. To free the resulting buffer, use [method free_rid] method. </description> </method> <method name="draw_hex_code_box" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ <param index="4" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="5" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font_rid[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [param font_rid] at the size [param size]. </description> </method> <method name="font_draw_glyph_outline" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <param index="5" name="index" type="int" /> <param index="6" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Draws single glyph outline of size [code]outline_size[/code] into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font_rid[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Draws single glyph outline of size [param outline_size] into a canvas item at the position, using [param font_rid] at the size [param size]. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_ascent" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ <param index="2" name="char" type="int" /> <param index="3" name="variation_selector" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the glyph index of a [code]char[/code], optionally modified by the [code]variation_selector[/code]. + Returns the glyph index of a [param char], optionally modified by the [param variation_selector]. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_glyph_list" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ <param index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="language" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]language[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [param language]. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_language_support_overrides" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ <param index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="script" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]script[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [param script]. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_script_support_overrides" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ <param index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="char" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if a Unicode [code]char[/code] is available in the font. + Returns [code]true[/code] if a Unicode [param char] is available in the font. </description> </method> <method name="font_is_antialiased" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ <param index="1" name="data_ptr" type="const uint8_t*" /> <param index="2" name="data_size" type="int" /> <description> - Sets font source data, e.g contents of the dynamic font source file. [code]data_ptr[/code] memory buffer must remain accessible during font lifetime. + Sets font source data, e.g contents of the dynamic font source file. [param data_ptr] memory buffer must remain accessible during font lifetime. </description> </method> <method name="font_set_descent" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ <param index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="strength" type="float" /> <description> - Sets font embolden strength. If [code]strength[/code] is not equal to zero, emboldens the font outlines. Negative values reduce the outline thickness. + Sets font embolden strength. If [param strength] is not equal to zero, emboldens the font outlines. Negative values reduce the outline thickness. </description> </method> <method name="font_set_face_index" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ <param index="0" name="string" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="language" type="String" /> <description> - Converts a number from the Western Arabic (0..9) to the numeral systems used in [code]language[/code]. + Converts a number from the Western Arabic (0..9) to the numeral systems used in [param language]. </description> </method> <method name="free_rid" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]rid[/code] is valid resource owned by this text server. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [param rid] is valid resource owned by this text server. </description> </method> <method name="has_feature" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="string" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] is [code]string[/code] is a valid identifier. + Returns [code]true[/code] is [param string] is a valid identifier. </description> </method> <method name="load_support_data" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ <param index="0" name="string" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="language" type="String" /> <description> - Converts a number from the numeral systems used in [code]language[/code] to Western Arabic (0..9). + Converts a number from the numeral systems used in [param language] to Western Arabic (0..9). </description> </method> <method name="parse_structured_text" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="language" type="String" /> <description> - Returns percent sign used in the [code]language[/code]. + Returns percent sign used in the [param language]. </description> </method> <method name="save_support_data" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ <param index="3" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="InlineAlignment" /> <param index="4" name="length" type="int" /> <description> - Adds inline object to the text buffer, [code]key[/code] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [code]length[/code] object replacement characters. + Adds inline object to the text buffer, [param key] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [param length] object replacement characters. </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_add_string" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ <param index="4" name="clip_r" type="float" /> <param index="5" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Draw shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). + Draw shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). [b]Note:[/b] If this method is not implemented in the plugin, the default implementation will be used. </description> </method> @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ <param index="5" name="outline_size" type="int" /> <param index="6" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Draw the outline of the shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). + Draw the outline of the shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [param color]. [param pos] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). [b]Note:[/b] If this method is not implemented in the plugin, the default implementation will be used. </description> </method> @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="caret" type="CaretInfo*" /> <description> - Returns shapes of the carets corresponding to the character offset [code]position[/code] in the text. Returned caret shape is 1 pixel wide rectangle. + Returns shapes of the carets corresponding to the character offset [param position] in the text. Returned caret shape is 1 pixel wide rectangle. [b]Note:[/b] If this method is not implemented in the plugin, the default implementation will be used. </description> </method> @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="pos" type="int" /> <description> - Returns composite character end position closest to the [code]pos[/code]. + Returns composite character end position closest to the [param pos]. [b]Note:[/b] If this method is not implemented in the plugin, the default implementation will be used. </description> </method> @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="pos" type="int" /> <description> - Returns composite character start position closest to the [code]pos[/code]. + Returns composite character start position closest to the [param pos]. [b]Note:[/b] If this method is not implemented in the plugin, the default implementation will be used. </description> </method> @@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="direction" type="int" enum="TextServer.Direction" /> <description> - Sets desired text direction. If set to [code]TEXT_DIRECTION_AUTO[/code], direction will be detected based on the buffer contents and current locale. + Sets desired text [param direction]. If set to [code]TEXT_DIRECTION_AUTO[/code], direction will be detected based on the buffer contents and current locale. </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_set_orientation" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ <param index="1" name="start" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="length" type="int" /> <description> - Returns text buffer for the substring of the text in the [code]shaped[/code] text buffer (including inline objects). + Returns text buffer for the substring of the text in the [param shaped] text buffer (including inline objects). </description> </method> <method name="shaped_text_tab_align" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="string" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]string[/code] is likely to be an attempt at confusing the reader. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [param string] is likely to be an attempt at confusing the reader. </description> </method> <method name="string_get_word_breaks" qualifiers="virtual const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml b/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml index a8ec2a7f06..14e89a1b74 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ <param index="2" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <param index="3" name="transpose" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Draws the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API at the specified [code]position[/code]. + Draws the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [RenderingServer] API at the specified [param position]. </description> </method> <method name="draw_rect" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml b/doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml index 8d54521095..7b528e2082 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <return type="Image" /> <param index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> - Returns an [Image] resource with the data from specified [code]layer[/code]. + Returns an [Image] resource with the data from specified [param layer]. </description> </method> <method name="get_layered_type" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Theme.xml b/doc/classes/Theme.xml index b310233780..868933bdf7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Theme.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Theme.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the [Color] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Removes the [Color] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_color] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the constant property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Removes the constant property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_constant] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the [Font] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Removes the [Font] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_font] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the font size property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Removes the font size property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_font_size] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the icon property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Removes the icon property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_icon] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the [StyleBox] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Removes the [StyleBox] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_stylebox] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Removes the theme property of [code]data_type[/code] defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Removes the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist. Use [method has_theme_item] to check for existence. [b]Note:[/b] This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic. </description> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Unmarks [code]theme_type[/code] as being a variation of another theme type. See [method set_type_variation]. + Unmarks [param theme_type] as being a variation of another theme type. See [method set_type_variation]. </description> </method> <method name="get_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the [Color] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Returns the [Color] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Returns the default color value if the property doesn't exist. Use [method has_color] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a list of names for [Color] properties defined with [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method get_color_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. + Returns a list of names for [Color] properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_color_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. </description> </method> <method name="get_color_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the constant property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Returns the constant property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Returns [code]0[/code] if the property doesn't exist. Use [method has_constant] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a list of names for constant properties defined with [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method get_constant_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. + Returns a list of names for constant properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_constant_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. </description> </method> <method name="get_constant_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the [Font] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Returns the [Font] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Returns the default theme font if the property doesn't exist and the default theme font is set up (see [member default_font]). Use [method has_font] to check for existence of the property and [method has_default_font] to check for existence of the default theme font. Returns the engine fallback font value, if neither exist. </description> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a list of names for [Font] properties defined with [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method get_font_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. + Returns a list of names for [Font] properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_font_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. </description> </method> <method name="get_font_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the font size property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Returns the font size property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Returns the default theme font size if the property doesn't exist and the default theme font size is set up (see [member default_font_size]). Use [method has_font_size] to check for existence of the property and [method has_default_font_size] to check for existence of the default theme font. Returns the engine fallback font size value, if neither exist. </description> @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a list of names for font size properties defined with [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method get_font_size_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. + Returns a list of names for font size properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_font_size_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. </description> </method> <method name="get_font_size_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the icon property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Returns the icon property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Returns the engine fallback icon value if the property doesn't exist. Use [method has_icon] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a list of names for icon properties defined with [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method get_icon_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. + Returns a list of names for icon properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_icon_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. </description> </method> <method name="get_icon_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the [StyleBox] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Returns the [StyleBox] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Returns the engine fallback stylebox value if the property doesn't exist. Use [method has_stylebox] to check for existence. </description> </method> @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a list of names for [StyleBox] properties defined with [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method get_stylebox_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. + Returns a list of names for [StyleBox] properties defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_stylebox_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. </description> </method> <method name="get_stylebox_type_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the theme property of [code]data_type[/code] defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code], if it exists. + Returns the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param name] and [param theme_type], if it exists. Returns the engine fallback icon value if the property doesn't exist. Use [method has_theme_item] to check for existence. [b]Note:[/b] This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic. </description> @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ <param index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="String" /> <description> - Returns a list of names for properties of [code]data_type[/code] defined with [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method get_theme_item_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. + Returns a list of names for properties of [param data_type] defined with [param theme_type]. Use [method get_theme_item_type_list] to get a list of possible theme type names. [b]Note:[/b] This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic. </description> </method> @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="data_type" type="int" enum="Theme.DataType" /> <description> - Returns a list of all unique theme type names for [code]data_type[/code] properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types. + Returns a list of all unique theme type names for [param data_type] properties. Use [method get_type_list] to get a list of all unique theme types. [b]Note:[/b] This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic. </description> </method> @@ -271,14 +271,14 @@ <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the name of the base theme type if [code]theme_type[/code] is a valid variation type. Returns an empty string otherwise. + Returns the name of the base theme type if [param theme_type] is a valid variation type. Returns an empty string otherwise. </description> </method> <method name="get_type_variation_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <param index="0" name="base_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns a list of all type variations for the given [code]base_type[/code]. + Returns a list of all type variations for the given [param base_type]. </description> </method> <method name="has_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Color] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] exists. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Color] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists. Returns [code]false[/code] if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_color] to define it. </description> </method> @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the constant property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] exists. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the constant property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists. Returns [code]false[/code] if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_constant] to define it. </description> </method> @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Font] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] exists, or if the default theme font is set up (see [method has_default_font]). + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Font] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists, or if the default theme font is set up (see [method has_default_font]). Returns [code]false[/code] if neither exist. Use [method set_font] to define the property. </description> </method> @@ -334,8 +334,8 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [member default_font_size] has a valid value. - Returns [code]false[/code] if it doesn't. The value must be greater than [code]0[/code] to be considered valid. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the font size property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists, or if the default theme font size is set up (see [method has_default_font_size]). + Returns [code]false[/code] if neither exist. Use [method set_font_size] to define the property. </description> </method> <method name="has_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the icon property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] exists. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the icon property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists. Returns [code]false[/code] if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_icon] to define it. </description> </method> @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [StyleBox] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] exists. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [StyleBox] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists. Returns [code]false[/code] if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_stylebox] to define it. </description> </method> @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the theme property of [code]data_type[/code] defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] exists. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param name] and [param theme_type] exists. Returns [code]false[/code] if it doesn't exist. Use [method set_theme_item] to define it. [b]Note:[/b] This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic. </description> @@ -372,14 +372,14 @@ <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="base_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]theme_type[/code] is marked as a variation of [code]base_type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [param theme_type] is marked as a variation of [param base_type]. </description> </method> <method name="merge_with"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="other" type="Theme" /> <description> - Adds missing and overrides existing definitions with values from the [code]other[/code] theme resource. + Adds missing and overrides existing definitions with values from the [param other] theme resource. [b]Note:[/b] This modifies the current theme. If you want to merge two themes together without modifying either one, create a new empty theme and merge the other two into it one after another. </description> </method> @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Renames the [Color] property defined by [code]old_name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] to [code]name[/code], if it exists. + Renames the [Color] property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_color] to check for existence, and [method clear_color] to remove the existing property. </description> </method> @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Renames the constant property defined by [code]old_name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] to [code]name[/code], if it exists. + Renames the constant property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_constant] to check for existence, and [method clear_constant] to remove the existing property. </description> </method> @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Renames the [Font] property defined by [code]old_name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] to [code]name[/code], if it exists. + Renames the [Font] property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_font] to check for existence, and [method clear_font] to remove the existing property. </description> </method> @@ -426,8 +426,8 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the font size property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] exists, or if the default theme font size is set up (see [method has_default_font_size]). - Returns [code]false[/code] if neither exist. Use [method set_font_size] to define the property. + Renames the font size property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists. + Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_font_size] to check for existence, and [method clear_font_size] to remove the existing property. </description> </method> <method name="rename_icon"> @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Renames the icon property defined by [code]old_name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] to [code]name[/code], if it exists. + Renames the icon property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_icon] to check for existence, and [method clear_icon] to remove the existing property. </description> </method> @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Renames the [StyleBox] property defined by [code]old_name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] to [code]name[/code], if it exists. + Renames the [StyleBox] property defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_stylebox] to check for existence, and [method clear_stylebox] to remove the existing property. </description> </method> @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ <param index="2" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="3" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Renames the theme property of [code]data_type[/code] defined by [code]old_name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] to [code]name[/code], if it exists. + Renames the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param old_name] and [param theme_type] to [param name], if it exists. Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_theme_item] to check for existence, and [method clear_theme_item] to remove the existing property. [b]Note:[/b] This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic. </description> @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Creates or changes the value of the [Color] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method clear_color] to remove the property. + Creates or changes the value of the [Color] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_color] to remove the property. </description> </method> <method name="set_constant"> @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="constant" type="int" /> <description> - Creates or changes the value of the constant property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method clear_constant] to remove the property. + Creates or changes the value of the constant property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_constant] to remove the property. </description> </method> <method name="set_font"> @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="font" type="Font" /> <description> - Creates or changes the value of the [Font] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method clear_font] to remove the property. + Creates or changes the value of the [Font] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_font] to remove the property. </description> </method> <method name="set_font_size"> @@ -495,8 +495,7 @@ <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="font_size" type="int" /> <description> - Renames the font size property defined by [code]old_name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code] to [code]name[/code], if it exists. - Fails if it doesn't exist, or if a similar property with the new name already exists. Use [method has_font_size] to check for existence, and [method clear_font_size] to remove the existing property. + Creates or changes the value of the font size property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_font_size] to remove the property. </description> </method> <method name="set_icon"> @@ -505,7 +504,7 @@ <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="texture" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Creates or changes the value of the icon property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method clear_icon] to remove the property. + Creates or changes the value of the icon property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_icon] to remove the property. </description> </method> <method name="set_stylebox"> @@ -514,7 +513,7 @@ <param index="1" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="texture" type="StyleBox" /> <description> - Creates or changes the value of the [StyleBox] property defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method clear_stylebox] to remove the property. + Creates or changes the value of the [StyleBox] property defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_stylebox] to remove the property. </description> </method> <method name="set_theme_item"> @@ -524,8 +523,8 @@ <param index="2" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="3" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> - Creates or changes the value of the theme property of [code]data_type[/code] defined by [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/code]. Use [method clear_theme_item] to remove the property. - Fails if the [code]value[/code] type is not accepted by [code]data_type[/code]. + Creates or changes the value of the theme property of [param data_type] defined by [param name] and [param theme_type]. Use [method clear_theme_item] to remove the property. + Fails if the [param value] type is not accepted by [param data_type]. [b]Note:[/b] This method is analogous to calling the corresponding data type specific method, but can be used for more generalized logic. </description> </method> @@ -534,9 +533,9 @@ <param index="0" name="theme_type" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="base_type" type="StringName" /> <description> - Marks [code]theme_type[/code] as a variation of [code]base_type[/code]. - This adds [code]theme_type[/code] as a suggested option for [member Control.theme_type_variation] on a [Control] that is of the [code]base_type[/code] class. - Variations can also be nested, i.e. [code]base_type[/code] can be another variation. If a chain of variations ends with a [code]base_type[/code] matching the class of the [Control], the whole chain is going to be suggested as options. + Marks [param theme_type] as a variation of [param base_type]. + This adds [param theme_type] as a suggested option for [member Control.theme_type_variation] on a [Control] that is of the [param base_type] class. + Variations can also be nested, i.e. [param base_type] can be another variation. If a chain of variations ends with a [param base_type] matching the class of the [Control], the whole chain is going to be suggested as options. [b]Note:[/b] Suggestions only show up if this theme resource is set as the project default theme. See [member ProjectSettings.gui/theme/custom]. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Thread.xml b/doc/classes/Thread.xml index 6bc34ed8dd..846dae0bae 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Thread.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Thread.xml @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ <param index="0" name="callable" type="Callable" /> <param index="1" name="priority" type="int" enum="Thread.Priority" default="1" /> <description> - Starts a new [Thread] that calls [code]callable[/code]. + Starts a new [Thread] that calls [param callable]. If the method takes some arguments, you can pass them using [method Callable.bind]. - The [code]priority[/code] of the [Thread] can be changed by passing a value from the [enum Priority] enum. + The [param priority] of the [Thread] can be changed by passing a value from the [enum Priority] enum. Returns [constant OK] on success, or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] on failure. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileData.xml b/doc/classes/TileData.xml index b61ed1ea28..798a536a88 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileData.xml @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the one-way margin (for one-way platforms) of the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Returns the one-way margin (for one-way platforms) of the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_polygon_points" qualifiers="const"> @@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the points of the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Returns the points of the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_polygons_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns how many polygons the tile has for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Returns how many polygons the tile has for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="get_constant_angular_velocity" qualifiers="const"> @@ -55,35 +55,35 @@ <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="layer_name" type="String" /> <description> - Returns the custom data value for custom data layer named [code]layer_name[/code]. + Returns the custom data value for custom data layer named [param layer_name]. </description> </method> <method name="get_custom_data_by_layer_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the custom data value for custom data layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Returns the custom data value for custom data layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="get_navigation_polygon" qualifiers="const"> <return type="NavigationPolygon" /> <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the navigation polygon of the tile for the TileSet navigation layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Returns the navigation polygon of the tile for the TileSet navigation layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="get_occluder" qualifiers="const"> <return type="OccluderPolygon2D" /> <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the occluder polygon of the tile for the TileSet occlusion layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Returns the occluder polygon of the tile for the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="get_terrain_peering_bit" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="peering_bit" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor" /> <description> - Returns the tile's terrain bit for the given [code]peering_bit[/code] direction. + Returns the tile's terrain bit for the given [param peering_bit] direction. </description> </method> <method name="is_collision_polygon_one_way" qualifiers="const"> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether one-way collisions are enabled for the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Returns whether one-way collisions are enabled for the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_collision_polygon"> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Removes the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_polygon_one_way"> @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ <param index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="one_way" type="bool" /> <description> - Enables/disables one-way collisions on the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Enables/disables one-way collisions on the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_polygon_one_way_margin"> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ <param index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="one_way_margin" type="float" /> <description> - Enables/disables one-way collisions on the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Enables/disables one-way collisions on the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_polygon_points"> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ <param index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="polygon" type="PackedVector2Array" /> <description> - Sets the points of the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Sets the points of the polygon at index [param polygon_index] for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_polygons_count"> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="polygons_count" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the polygons count for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Sets the polygons count for TileSet physics layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_constant_angular_velocity"> @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_name" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> - Sets the tile's custom data value for the TileSet custom data layer with name [code]layer_name[/code]. + Sets the tile's custom data value for the TileSet custom data layer with name [param layer_name]. </description> </method> <method name="set_custom_data_by_layer_id"> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> - Sets the tile's custom data value for the TileSet custom data layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Sets the tile's custom data value for the TileSet custom data layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_navigation_polygon"> @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="navigation_polygon" type="NavigationPolygon" /> <description> - Sets the navigation polygon for the TileSet navigation layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Sets the navigation polygon for the TileSet navigation layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_occluder"> @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="occluder_polygon" type="OccluderPolygon2D" /> <description> - Sets the occluder for the TileSet occlusion layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. + Sets the occluder for the TileSet occlusion layer with index [param layer_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_terrain_peering_bit"> @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ <param index="0" name="peering_bit" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor" /> <param index="1" name="terrain" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the tile's terrain bit for the given [code]peering_bit[/code] direction. + Sets the tile's terrain bit for the given [param peering_bit] direction. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml index d13276ad54..4266a414ce 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ <param index="2" name="tile_data" type="TileData" /> <description> Called with a TileData object about to be used internally by the TileMap, allowing its modification at runtime. - This method is only called if [method _use_tile_data_runtime_update] is implemented and returns [code]true[/code] for the given tile [code]coords[/coords] and [code]layer[/code]. - [b]Warning:[/b] The [code]tile_data[/code] object's sub-resources are the same as the one in the TileSet. Modifying them might impact the whole TileSet. Instead, make sure to duplicate those resources. - [b]Note:[/b] If the properties of [code]tile_data[/code] object should change over time, use [method force_update] to trigger a TileMap update. + This method is only called if [method _use_tile_data_runtime_update] is implemented and returns [code]true[/code] for the given tile [param coords] and [param layer]. + [b]Warning:[/b] The [param tile_data] object's sub-resources are the same as the one in the TileSet. Modifying them might impact the whole TileSet. Instead, make sure to duplicate those resources. + [b]Note:[/b] If the properties of [param tile_data] object should change over time, use [method force_update] to trigger a TileMap update. </description> </method> <method name="_use_tile_data_runtime_update" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Should return [code]true[/code] if the tile at coordinates [code]coords[/coords] on layer [code]layer[/code] requires a runtime update. + Should return [code]true[/code] if the tile at coordinates [param coords] on layer [param layer] requires a runtime update. [b]Warning:[/b] Make sure this function only return [code]true[/code] when needed. Any tile processed at runtime without a need for it will imply a significant performance penalty. </description> </method> @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Adds a layer at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Adds a layer at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. </description> </method> <method name="clear"> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Erases the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at coordinates [code]coords[/code]. + Erases the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords]. </description> </method> <method name="fix_invalid_tiles"> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="layer" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Triggers an update of the TileMap. If [code]layer[/code] is provided, only updates the given layer. + Triggers an update of the TileMap. If [param layer] is provided, only updates the given layer. [b]Note:[/b] The TileMap node updates automatically when one of its properties is modified. A manual update is only needed if runtime modifications (implemented in [method _tile_data_runtime_update]) need to be applied. [b]Warning:[/b] Updating the TileMap is a performance demanding task. Limit occurrences of those updates to the minimum and limit the amount tiles they impact (by segregating tiles updated often to a dedicated layer for example). </description> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ <param index="1" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="2" name="use_proxies" type="bool" /> <description> - Returns the tile alternative ID of the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at [code]coords[/code]. If [code]use_proxies[/code] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. + Returns the tile alternative ID of the cell on layer [param layer] at [param coords]. If [param use_proxies] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. </description> </method> <method name="get_cell_atlas_coords" qualifiers="const"> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ <param index="1" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="2" name="use_proxies" type="bool" /> <description> - Returns the tile atlas coordinates ID of the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at coordinates [code]coords[/code]. If [code]use_proxies[/code] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. + Returns the tile atlas coordinates ID of the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords]. If [param use_proxies] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. </description> </method> <method name="get_cell_source_id" qualifiers="const"> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ <param index="1" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="2" name="use_proxies" type="bool" /> <description> - Returns the tile source ID of the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at coordinates [code]coords[/code]. If [code]use_proxies[/code] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. + Returns the tile source ID of the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords]. If [param use_proxies] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. </description> </method> <method name="get_coords_for_body_rid"> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ <param index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="neighbor" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor" /> <description> - Returns the neighboring cell to the one at coordinates [code]coords[/code], identified by the [code]neighbor[/code] direction. This method takes into account the different layouts a TileMap can take. + Returns the neighboring cell to the one at coordinates [param coords], identified by the [param neighbor] direction. This method takes into account the different layouts a TileMap can take. </description> </method> <method name="get_pattern"> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ <return type="Vector2i[]" /> <param index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the list of all neighbourings cells to the one at [code]coords[/code] + Returns the list of all neighbourings cells to the one at [param coords] </description> </method> <method name="get_used_cells" qualifiers="const"> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ <param index="1" name="coords_in_pattern" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="2" name="pattern" type="TileMapPattern" /> <description> - Returns for the given coordinate [code]coords_in_pattern[/code] in a [TileMapPattern] the corresponding cell coordinates if the pattern was pasted at the [code]position_in_tilemap[/code] coordinates (see [method set_pattern]). This mapping is required as in half-offset tile shapes, the mapping might not work by calculating [code]position_in_tile_map + coords_in_pattern[/code] + Returns for the given coordinate [param coords_in_pattern] in a [TileMapPattern] the corresponding cell coordinates if the pattern was pasted at the [param position_in_tilemap] coordinates (see [method set_pattern]). This mapping is required as in half-offset tile shapes, the mapping might not work by calculating [code]position_in_tile_map + coords_in_pattern[/code] </description> </method> <method name="map_to_world" qualifiers="const"> @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@ <param index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. + Moves the layer at index [param layer] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. </description> </method> <method name="remove_layer"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the layer at index [code]layer[/code]. + Removes the layer at index [param layer]. </description> </method> <method name="set_cell"> @@ -237,10 +237,10 @@ <param index="3" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <param index="4" name="alternative_tile" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Sets the tile indentifiers for the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at coordinates [code]coords[/code]. Each tile of the [TileSet] is identified using three parts: - - The source identifier [code]source_id[/code] identifies a [TileSetSource] identifier. See [method TileSet.set_source_id], - - The atlas coordinates identifier [code]atlas_coords[/code] identifies a tile coordinates in the atlas (if the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource]. For [TileSetScenesCollectionSource] it should be 0), - - The alternative tile identifier [code]alternative_tile[/code] identifies a tile alternative the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource], and the scene for a [TileSetScenesCollectionSource]. + Sets the tile indentifiers for the cell on layer [param layer] at coordinates [param coords]. Each tile of the [TileSet] is identified using three parts: + - The source identifier [param source_id] identifies a [TileSetSource] identifier. See [method TileSet.set_source_id], + - The atlas coordinates identifier [param atlas_coords] identifies a tile coordinates in the atlas (if the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource]. For [TileSetScenesCollectionSource] it should be 0), + - The alternative tile identifier [param alternative_tile] identifies a tile alternative the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource], and the scene for a [TileSetScenesCollectionSource]. </description> </method> <method name="set_cells_terrain_connect"> @@ -251,8 +251,9 @@ <param index="3" name="terrain" type="int" /> <param index="4" name="ignore_empty_terrains" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Update all the cells in the [code]cells[/code] coordinates array so that they use the given [code]terrain[/code] for the given [code]terrain_set[/code]. If an updated cell has the same terrain as one of its neighboring cells, this function tries to join the two. This function might update neighboring tiles if needed to create correct terrain transitions. If [code]ignore_empty_terrains[/code] is true, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints. - If [code]ignore_empty_terrains[/code] is true, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints. + Update all the cells in the [param cells] coordinates array so that they use the given [param terrain] for the given [param terrain_set]. If an updated cell has the same terrain as one of its neighboring cells, this function tries to join the two. This function might update neighboring tiles if needed to create correct terrain transitions. + If [param ignore_empty_terrains] is true, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints. + If [param ignore_empty_terrains] is true, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints. [b]Note:[/b] To work correctly, [code]set_cells_terrain_connect[/code] requires the TileMap's TileSet to have terrains set up with all required terrain combinations. Otherwise, it may produce unexpected results. </description> </method> @@ -264,8 +265,8 @@ <param index="3" name="terrain" type="int" /> <param index="4" name="ignore_empty_terrains" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Update all the cells in the [code]cells[/code] coordinates array so that they use the given [code]terrain[/code] for the given [code]terrain_set[/code]. The function will also connect two successive cell in the path with the same terrain. This function might update neighboring tiles if needed to create correct terrain transitions. - If [code]ignore_empty_terrains[/code] is true, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints. + Update all the cells in the [param path] coordinates array so that they use the given [param terrain] for the given [param terrain_set]. The function will also connect two successive cell in the path with the same terrain. This function might update neighboring tiles if needed to create correct terrain transitions. + If [param ignore_empty_terrains] is true, empty terrains will be ignored when trying to find the best fitting tile for the given terrain constraints. [b]Note:[/b] To work correctly, [code]set_cells_terrain_path[/code] requires the TileMap's TileSet to have terrains set up with all required terrain combinations. Otherwise, it may produce unexpected results. </description> </method> @@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enabled" type="bool" /> <description> - Enables or disables the layer [code]layer[/code]. A disabled layer is not processed at all (no rendering, no physics, etc...). + Enables or disables the layer [param layer]. A disabled layer is not processed at all (no rendering, no physics, etc...). </description> </method> <method name="set_layer_modulate"> @@ -325,7 +326,7 @@ <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="2" name="pattern" type="TileMapPattern" /> <description> - Paste the given [TileMapPattern] at the given [code]position[/code] and [code]layer[/code] in the tile map. + Paste the given [TileMapPattern] at the given [param position] and [param layer] in the tile map. </description> </method> <method name="world_to_map" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileMapPattern.xml b/doc/classes/TileMapPattern.xml index a499b31503..30bb174313 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileMapPattern.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileMapPattern.xml @@ -14,21 +14,21 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the tile alternative ID of the cell at [code]coords[/code]. + Returns the tile alternative ID of the cell at [param coords]. </description> </method> <method name="get_cell_atlas_coords" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <param index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the tile atlas coordinates ID of the cell at [code]coords[/code]. + Returns the tile atlas coordinates ID of the cell at [param coords]. </description> </method> <method name="get_cell_source_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the tile source ID of the cell at [code]coords[/code]. + Returns the tile source ID of the cell at [param coords]. </description> </method> <method name="get_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ <param index="2" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <param index="3" name="alternative_tile" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Sets the tile indentifiers for the cell at coordinates [code]coords[/code]. See [method TileMap.set_cell]. + Sets the tile indentifiers for the cell at coordinates [param coords]. See [method TileMap.set_cell]. </description> </method> <method name="set_size"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSet.xml b/doc/classes/TileSet.xml index 5e2b4b64fb..7ced16d1af 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSet.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSet.xml @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds a custom data layer to the TileSet at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Adds a custom data layer to the TileSet at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. Custom data layers allow assigning custom properties to atlas tiles. </description> </method> @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds a navigation layer to the TileSet at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Adds a navigation layer to the TileSet at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. Navigation layers allow assigning a navigable area to atlas tiles. </description> </method> @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds an occlusion layer to the TileSet at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Adds an occlusion layer to the TileSet at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. Occlusion layers allow assigning occlusion polygons to atlas tiles. </description> </method> @@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ <param index="0" name="pattern" type="TileMapPattern" /> <param index="1" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds a [TileMapPattern] to be stored in the TileSet resource. If provided, insert it at the given [code]index[/code]. + Adds a [TileMapPattern] to be stored in the TileSet resource. If provided, insert it at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="add_physics_layer"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds a physics layer to the TileSet at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Adds a physics layer to the TileSet at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. Physics layers allow assigning collision polygons to atlas tiles. </description> </method> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ <param index="0" name="source" type="TileSetSource" /> <param index="1" name="atlas_source_id_override" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds a [TileSetSource] to the TileSet. If [code]atlas_source_id_override[/code] is not -1, also set its source ID. Otherwise, a unique identifier is automatically generated. + Adds a [TileSetSource] to the TileSet. If [param atlas_source_id_override] is not -1, also set its source ID. Otherwise, a unique identifier is automatically generated. The function returns the added source source ID or -1 if the source could not be added. </description> </method> @@ -76,14 +76,14 @@ <param index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds a new terrain to the given terrain set [code]terrain_set[/code] at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Adds a new terrain to the given terrain set [param terrain_set] at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. </description> </method> <method name="add_terrain_set"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Adds a new terrain set at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Adds a new terrain set at the given position [param to_position] in the array. If [param to_position] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. </description> </method> <method name="cleanup_invalid_tile_proxies"> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ <return type="TileMapPattern" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Returns the [TileMapPattern] at the given [code]index[/code]. + Returns the [TileMapPattern] at the given [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_patterns_count"> @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ <return type="TileSetSource" /> <param index="0" name="source_id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [TileSetSource] with ID [code]source_id[/code]. + Returns the [TileSetSource] with ID [param source_id]. </description> </method> <method name="get_source_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the source ID for source with index [code]index[/code]. + Returns the source ID for source with index [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_source_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the custom data layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Moves the custom data layer at index [param layer_index] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="move_navigation_layer"> @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the navigation layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Moves the navigation layer at index [param layer_index] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="move_occlusion_layer"> @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the occlusion layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Moves the occlusion layer at index [param layer_index] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="move_physics_layer"> @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ <param index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the physics layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Moves the physics layer at index [param layer_index] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="move_terrain"> @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ <param index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the terrain at index [code]terrain_index[/code] for terrain set [code]terrain_set[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Moves the terrain at index [param terrain_index] for terrain set [param terrain_set] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="move_terrain_set"> @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ <param index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves the terrain set at index [code]terrain_set[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Moves the terrain set at index [param terrain_set] to the given position [param to_position] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="remove_alternative_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -399,21 +399,21 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the custom data layer at index [code]layer_index[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Removes the custom data layer at index [param layer_index]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="remove_navigation_layer"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the navigation layer at index [code]layer_index[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Removes the navigation layer at index [param layer_index]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="remove_occlusion_layer"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the occlusion layer at index [code]layer_index[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Removes the occlusion layer at index [param layer_index]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="remove_pattern"> @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the physics layer at index [code]layer_index[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Removes the physics layer at index [param layer_index]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="remove_source"> @@ -449,14 +449,14 @@ <param index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the terrain at index [code]terrain_index[/code] in the given terrain set [code]terrain_set[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Removes the terrain at index [param terrain_index] in the given terrain set [param terrain_set]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="remove_terrain_set"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the terrain set at index [code]terrain_set[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + Removes the terrain set at index [param terrain_set]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="set_alternative_level_tile_proxy"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml index 9053a81628..df469cd030 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="alternative_id_override" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Creates an alternative tile for the tile at coords [code]atlas_coords[/code]. If [code]alternative_id_override[/code] is -1, give it an automatically generated unique ID, or assigns it the given ID otherwise. - Returns the new alternative identifier, or -1 if the alternative could not be created with a provided [code]alternative_id_override[/code]. + Creates an alternative tile for the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. If [param alternative_id_override] is -1, give it an automatically generated unique ID, or assigns it the given ID otherwise. + Returns the new alternative identifier, or -1 if the alternative could not be created with a provided [param alternative_id_override]. </description> </method> <method name="create_tile"> @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(1, 1)" /> <description> - Creates a new tile at coords [code]atlas_coords[/code] with size [code]size[/code]. + Creates a new tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] with the given [param size]. </description> </method> <method name="get_atlas_grid_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="frame" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the region of the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code] for frame [code]frame[/code] inside the texture returned by [method get_runtime_texture]. + Returns the region of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] for the given [param frame] inside the texture returned by [method get_runtime_texture]. [b]Note:[/b] If [member use_texture_padding] is [code]false[/code], returns the same as [method get_tile_texture_region]. </description> </method> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns how many columns the tile at [code]atlas_coords[/code] has in its animation layout. + Returns how many columns the tile at [param atlas_coords] has in its animation layout. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_animation_frame_duration" qualifiers="const"> @@ -72,42 +72,42 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="frame_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the animation frame duration of frame [code]frame_index[/code] for the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + Returns the animation frame duration of frame [param frame_index] for the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_animation_frames_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns how many animation frames has the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + Returns how many animation frames has the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_animation_separation" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the separation (as in the atlas grid) between each frame of an animated tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + Returns the separation (as in the atlas grid) between each frame of an animated tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_animation_speed" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the animation speed of the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + Returns the animation speed of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_animation_total_duration" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the sum of the sum of the frame durations of the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. This value needs to be divided by the animation speed to get the actual animation loop duration. + Returns the sum of the sum of the frame durations of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. This value needs to be divided by the animation speed to get the actual animation loop duration. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_at_coords" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - If there is a tile covering the [code]atlas_coords[/code] coordinates, returns the top-left coordinates of the tile (thus its coordinate ID). Returns [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code] otherwise. + If there is a tile covering the [param atlas_coords] coordinates, returns the top-left coordinates of the tile (thus its coordinate ID). Returns [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_data" qualifiers="const"> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ <return type="Vector2i" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the size of the tile (in the grid coordinates system) at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + Returns the size of the tile (in the grid coordinates system) at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_texture_region" qualifiers="const"> @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="frame" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Returns a tile's texture region in the atlas texture. For animated tiles, a [code]frame[/code] argument might be provided for the different frames of the animation. + Returns a tile's texture region in the atlas texture. For animated tiles, a [param frame] argument might be provided for the different frames of the animation. </description> </method> <method name="get_tiles_to_be_removed_on_change"> @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ <param index="2" name="separation" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="3" name="texture_region_size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns an array of tiles coordinates ID that will be automatically removed when modifying one or several of those properties: [code]texture[/code], [code]margins[/code], [code]separation[/code] or [code]texture_region_size[/code]. This can be used to undo changes that would have caused tiles data loss. + Returns an array of tiles coordinates ID that will be automatically removed when modifying one or several of those properties: [param texture], [param margins], [param separation] or [param texture_region_size]. This can be used to undo changes that would have caused tiles data loss. </description> </method> <method name="has_room_for_tile" qualifiers="const"> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ <param index="4" name="frames_count" type="int" /> <param index="5" name="ignored_tile" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <description> - Returns whether there is enough room in an atlas to create/modify a tile with the given properties. If [code]ignored_tile[/code] is provided, act as is the given tile was not present in the atlas. This may be used when you want to modify a tile's properties. + Returns whether there is enough room in an atlas to create/modify a tile with the given properties. If [param ignored_tile] is provided, act as is the given tile was not present in the atlas. This may be used when you want to modify a tile's properties. </description> </method> <method name="move_tile_in_atlas"> @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ <param index="1" name="new_atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <param index="2" name="new_size" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <description> - Move the tile and its alternatives at the [code]atlas_coords[/code] coordinates to the [code]new_atlas_coords[/code] coordinates with the [code]new_size[/code] size. This functions will fail if a tile is already present in the given area. - If [code]new_atlas_coords[/code] is [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code], keeps the tile's coordinates. If [code]new_size[/code] is [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code], keeps the tile's size. + Move the tile and its alternatives at the [param atlas_coords] coordinates to the [param new_atlas_coords] coordinates with the [param new_size] size. This functions will fail if a tile is already present in the given area. + If [param new_atlas_coords] is [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code], keeps the tile's coordinates. If [param new_size] is [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code], keeps the tile's size. To avoid an error, first check if a move is possible using [method has_room_for_tile]. </description> </method> @@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> <description> - Remove a tile's alternative with alternative ID [code]alternative_tile[/code]. - Calling this function with [code]alternative_tile[/code] equals to 0 will fail, as the base tile alternative cannot be removed. + Remove a tile's alternative with alternative ID [param alternative_tile]. + Calling this function with [param alternative_tile] equals to 0 will fail, as the base tile alternative cannot be removed. </description> </method> <method name="remove_tile"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Remove a tile and its alternative at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + Remove a tile and its alternative at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. </description> </method> <method name="set_alternative_tile_id"> @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ <param index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="new_id" type="int" /> <description> - Change a tile's alternative ID from [code]alternative_tile[/code] to [code]new_id[/code]. - Calling this function with [code]alternative_id[/code] equals to 0 will fail, as the base tile alternative cannot be moved. + Change a tile's alternative ID from [param alternative_tile] to [param new_id]. + Calling this function with [param new_id] of 0 will fail, as the base tile alternative cannot be moved. </description> </method> <method name="set_tile_animation_columns"> @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="frame_columns" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the number of columns in the animation layout of the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. If set to 0, then the different frames of the animation are laid out as a single horizontal line in the atlas. + Sets the number of columns in the animation layout of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. If set to 0, then the different frames of the animation are laid out as a single horizontal line in the atlas. </description> </method> <method name="set_tile_animation_frame_duration"> @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ <param index="1" name="frame_index" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="duration" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the animation frame duration of frame [code]frame_index[/code] for the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + Sets the animation frame [param duration] of frame [param frame_index] for the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords]. </description> </method> <method name="set_tile_animation_frames_count"> @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="frames_count" type="int" /> <description> - Sets how many animation frames the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code] has. + Sets how many animation frames the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] has. </description> </method> <method name="set_tile_animation_separation"> @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="separation" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Sets the margin (in grid tiles) between each tile in the animation layout of the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code] has. + Sets the margin (in grid tiles) between each tile in the animation layout of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] has. </description> </method> <method name="set_tile_animation_speed"> @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="speed" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the animation speed of the tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code] has. + Sets the animation speed of the tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] has. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml index f6e13de060..ec8fe2ad54 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml @@ -29,21 +29,21 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether the scene tile with id [code]id[/code] displays a placeholder in the editor. + Returns whether the scene tile with [param id] displays a placeholder in the editor. </description> </method> <method name="get_scene_tile_id"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the scene tile ID of the scene tile at index [code]index[/code]. + Returns the scene tile ID of the scene tile at [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_scene_tile_scene" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedScene" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [PackedScene] resource of scene tile with id [code]id[/code]. + Returns the [PackedScene] resource of scene tile with [param id]. </description> </method> <method name="get_scene_tiles_count"> @@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether this TileSet source has a scene tile with id [code]id[/code]. + Returns whether this TileSet source has a scene tile with [param id]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_scene_tile"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Remove the scene tile with id [code]id[/code]. + Remove the scene tile with [param id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_scene_tile_display_placeholder"> @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="display_placeholder" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets whether or not the scene tile with id [code]id[/code] should display a placeholder in the editor. This might be useful for scenes that are not visible. + Sets whether or not the scene tile with [param id] should display a placeholder in the editor. This might be useful for scenes that are not visible. </description> </method> <method name="set_scene_tile_id"> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="new_id" type="int" /> <description> - Changes a scene tile's ID from [code]id[/code] to [code]new_id[/code]. This will fail if there is already a tile with a ID equal to [code]new_id[/code]. + Changes a scene tile's ID from [param id] to [param new_id]. This will fail if there is already a tile with a ID equal to [param new_id]. </description> </method> <method name="set_scene_tile_scene"> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ <param index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="packed_scene" type="PackedScene" /> <description> - Assigns a [PackedScene] resource to the scene tile with id [code]id[/code]. This will fail if the scene does not extend CanvasItem, as positioning properties are needed to place the scene on the TileMap. + Assigns a [PackedScene] resource to the scene tile with [param id]. This will fail if the scene does not extend CanvasItem, as positioning properties are needed to place the scene on the TileMap. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml index ae5c3717f2..e88e725bf4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the alternative ID for the tile with coordinates ID [code]atlas_coords[/code] at index [code]index[/code]. + Returns the alternative ID for the tile with coordinates ID [param atlas_coords] at index [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_alternative_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns the number of alternatives tiles for the coordinates ID [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + Returns the number of alternatives tiles for the coordinates ID [param atlas_coords]. For [TileSetAtlasSource], this always return at least 1, as the base tile with ID 0 is always part of the alternatives list. Returns -1 if there is not tile at the given coords. </description> @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <return type="Vector2i" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the tile coordinates ID of the tile with index [code]index[/code]. + Returns the tile coordinates ID of the tile with index [param index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -48,14 +48,14 @@ <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> <description> - Returns if the base tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code] has an alternative with ID [code]alternative_tile[/code]. + Returns if the base tile at coordinates [param atlas_coords] has an alternative with ID [param alternative_tile]. </description> </method> <method name="has_tile" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns if this atlas has a tile with coordinates ID [code]atlas_coordinates[/code]. + Returns if this atlas has a tile with coordinates ID [param atlas_coords]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Time.xml b/doc/classes/Time.xml index e213be2e12..cdbe30c444 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Time.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Time.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <param index="0" name="utc" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the current date as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], and [code]dst[/code] (Daylight Savings Time). - The returned values are in the system's local time when [code]utc[/code] is false, otherwise they are in UTC. + The returned values are in the system's local time when [param utc] is [code]false[/code], otherwise they are in UTC. </description> </method> <method name="get_date_dict_from_unix_time" qualifiers="const"> @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <param index="0" name="utc" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the current date as an ISO 8601 date string (YYYY-MM-DD). - The returned values are in the system's local time when [code]utc[/code] is false, otherwise they are in UTC. + The returned values are in the system's local time when [param utc] is [code]false[/code], otherwise they are in UTC. </description> </method> <method name="get_date_string_from_unix_time" qualifiers="const"> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <param index="1" name="weekday" type="bool" /> <description> Converts the given ISO 8601 date and time string (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS) to a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], [code]hour[/code], [code]minute[/code], and [code]second[/code]. - If [code]weekday[/code] is false, then the [code]weekday[/code] entry is excluded (the calculation is relatively expensive). + If [param weekday] is [code]false[/code], then the [code]weekday[/code] entry is excluded (the calculation is relatively expensive). [b]Note:[/b] Any decimal fraction in the time string will be ignored silently. </description> </method> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Converts the given dictionary of keys to an ISO 8601 date and time string (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS). The given dictionary can be populated with the following keys: [code]year[/code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]hour[/code], [code]minute[/code], and [code]second[/code]. Any other entries (including [code]dst[/code]) are ignored. If the dictionary is empty, [code]0[/code] is returned. If some keys are omitted, they default to the equivalent values for the Unix epoch timestamp 0 (1970-01-01 at 00:00:00). - If [code]use_space[/code] is true, use a space instead of the letter T in the middle. + If [param use_space] is [code]true[/code], the date and time bits are separated by an empty space character instead of the letter T. </description> </method> <method name="get_datetime_string_from_system" qualifiers="const"> @@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ <param index="1" name="use_space" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the current date and time as an ISO 8601 date and time string (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS). - The returned values are in the system's local time when [code]utc[/code] is false, otherwise they are in UTC. - If [code]use_space[/code] is true, use a space instead of the letter T in the middle. + The returned values are in the system's local time when [param utc] is [code]false[/code], otherwise they are in UTC. + If [param use_space] is [code]true[/code], the date and time bits are separated by an empty space character instead of the letter T. </description> </method> <method name="get_datetime_string_from_unix_time" qualifiers="const"> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ <param index="1" name="use_space" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Converts the given Unix timestamp to an ISO 8601 date and time string (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS). - If [code]use_space[/code] is true, use a space instead of the letter T in the middle. + If [param use_space] is [code]true[/code], the date and time bits are separated by an empty space character instead of the letter T. </description> </method> <method name="get_offset_string_from_offset_minutes" qualifiers="const"> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ <param index="0" name="utc" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the current time as a dictionary of keys: [code]hour[/code], [code]minute[/code], and [code]second[/code]. - The returned values are in the system's local time when [code]utc[/code] is false, otherwise they are in UTC. + The returned values are in the system's local time when [param utc] is [code]false[/code], otherwise they are in UTC. </description> </method> <method name="get_time_dict_from_unix_time" qualifiers="const"> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ <param index="0" name="utc" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the current time as an ISO 8601 time string (HH:MM:SS). - The returned values are in the system's local time when [code]utc[/code] is false, otherwise they are in UTC. + The returned values are in the system's local time when [param utc] is [code]false[/code], otherwise they are in UTC. </description> </method> <method name="get_time_string_from_unix_time" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Timer.xml b/doc/classes/Timer.xml index 70325c0227..d171797e80 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Timer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Timer.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="time_sec" type="float" default="-1" /> <description> - Starts the timer. Sets [member wait_time] to [code]time_sec[/code] if [code]time_sec > 0[/code]. This also resets the remaining time to [member wait_time]. + Starts the timer. Sets [member wait_time] to [param time_sec] if [code]time_sec > 0[/code]. This also resets the remaining time to [member wait_time]. [b]Note:[/b] This method will not resume a paused timer. See [member paused]. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml b/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml index 3b76348c09..905b3d77af 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <param index="0" name="xform" type="Transform2D" /> <param index="1" name="weight" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a transform interpolated between this transform and another by a given [code]weight[/code] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). + Returns a transform interpolated between this transform and another by a given [param weight] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). </description> </method> <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D" /> <param index="0" name="target" type="Vector2" default="Vector2(0, 0)" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform rotated such that it's rotation on the X-axis points towards the [code]target[/code] position. + Returns a copy of the transform rotated such that it's rotation on the X-axis points towards the [param target] position. Operations take place in global space. </description> </method> @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D" /> <param index="0" name="angle" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform rotated by the given [code]angle[/code] (in radians). + Returns a copy of the transform rotated by the given [param angle] (in radians). This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding rotation transform [code]R[/code] from the left, i.e., [code]R * X[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the global/parent frame. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D" /> <param index="0" name="angle" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform rotated by the given [code]angle[/code] (in radians). + Returns a copy of the transform rotated by the given [param angle] (in radians). This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding rotation transform [code]R[/code] from the right, i.e., [code]X * R[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the local frame. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D" /> <param index="0" name="scale" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform scaled by the given [code]scale[/code] factor. + Returns a copy of the transform scaled by the given [param scale] factor. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding scaling transform [code]S[/code] from the left, i.e., [code]S * X[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the global/parent frame. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D" /> <param index="0" name="scale" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform scaled by the given [code]scale[/code] factor. + Returns a copy of the transform scaled by the given [param scale] factor. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding scaling transform [code]S[/code] from the right, i.e., [code]X * S[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the local frame. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D" /> <param index="0" name="offset" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform translated by the given [code]offset[/code]. + Returns a copy of the transform translated by the given [param offset]. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding translation transform [code]T[/code] from the left, i.e., [code]T * X[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the global/parent frame. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ <return type="Transform2D" /> <param index="0" name="offset" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform translated by the given [code]offset[/code]. + Returns a copy of the transform translated by the given [param offset]. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding translation transform [code]T[/code] from the right, i.e., [code]X * T[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the local frame. diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml b/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml index b7fd5213aa..14aa72b80c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ <param index="0" name="xform" type="Transform3D" /> <param index="1" name="weight" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a transform interpolated between this transform and another by a given [code]weight[/code] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). + Returns a transform interpolated between this transform and another by a given [param weight] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). </description> </method> <method name="inverse" qualifiers="const"> @@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ <param index="0" name="target" type="Vector3" /> <param index="1" name="up" type="Vector3" default="Vector3(0, 1, 0)" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform rotated such that the forward axis (-Z) points towards the [code]target[/code] position. - The up axis (+Y) points as close to the [code]up[/code] vector as possible while staying perpendicular to the forward axis. The resulting transform is orthonormalized. The existing rotation, scale, and skew information from the original transform is discarded. The [code]target[/code] and [code]up[/code] vectors cannot be zero, cannot be parallel to each other, and are defined in global/parent space. + Returns a copy of the transform rotated such that the forward axis (-Z) points towards the [param target] position. + The up axis (+Y) points as close to the [param up] vector as possible while staying perpendicular to the forward axis. The resulting transform is orthonormalized. The existing rotation, scale, and skew information from the original transform is discarded. The [param target] and [param up] vectors cannot be zero, cannot be parallel to each other, and are defined in global/parent space. </description> </method> <method name="orthonormalized" qualifiers="const"> @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ <param index="0" name="axis" type="Vector3" /> <param index="1" name="angle" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform rotated around the given [code]axis[/code] by the given [code]angle[/code] (in radians). - The [code]axis[/code] must be a normalized vector. + Returns a copy of the transform rotated around the given [param axis] by the given [param angle] (in radians). + The [param axis] must be a normalized vector. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding rotation transform [code]R[/code] from the left, i.e., [code]R * X[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the global/parent frame. @@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ <param index="0" name="axis" type="Vector3" /> <param index="1" name="angle" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform rotated around the given [code]axis[/code] by the given [code]angle[/code] (in radians). - The [code]axis[/code] must be a normalized vector. + Returns a copy of the transform rotated around the given [param axis] by the given [param angle] (in radians). + The [param axis] must be a normalized vector. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding rotation transform [code]R[/code] from the right, i.e., [code]X * R[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the local frame. @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="scale" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform scaled by the given [code]scale[/code] factor. + Returns a copy of the transform scaled by the given [param scale] factor. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding scaling transform [code]S[/code] from the left, i.e., [code]S * X[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the global/parent frame. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="scale" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform scaled by the given [code]scale[/code] factor. + Returns a copy of the transform scaled by the given [param scale] factor. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding scaling transform [code]S[/code] from the right, i.e., [code]X * S[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the local frame. @@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ <param index="0" name="xform" type="Transform3D" /> <param index="1" name="weight" type="float" /> <description> - Returns a transform spherically interpolated between this transform and another by a given [code]weight[/code] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). + Returns a transform spherically interpolated between this transform and another by a given [param weight] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). </description> </method> <method name="translated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="offset" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform translated by the given [code]offset[/code]. + Returns a copy of the transform translated by the given [param offset]. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding translation transform [code]T[/code] from the left, i.e., [code]T * X[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the global/parent frame. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="offset" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns a copy of the transform translated by the given [code]offset[/code]. + Returns a copy of the transform translated by the given [param offset]. This method is an optimized version of multiplying the given transform [code]X[/code] with a corresponding translation transform [code]T[/code] from the right, i.e., [code]X * T[/code]. This can be seen as transforming with respect to the local frame. diff --git a/doc/classes/Translation.xml b/doc/classes/Translation.xml index 3da778335d..314be9adf8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Translation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Translation.xml @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ <param index="3" name="context" type="StringName" default="""" /> <description> Returns a message's translation involving plurals. - The number [code]n[/code] is the number or quantity of the plural object. It will be used to guide the translation system to fetch the correct plural form for the selected language. + The number [param n] is the number or quantity of the plural object. It will be used to guide the translation system to fetch the correct plural form for the selected language. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml b/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml index 53ce5894eb..3da9096555 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml @@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="country" type="String" /> <description> - Returns readable country name for the [code]country[/code] code. + Returns readable country name for the [param country] code. </description> </method> <method name="get_language_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="language" type="String" /> <description> - Returns readable language name for the [code]language[/code] code. + Returns readable language name for the [param language] code. </description> </method> <method name="get_loaded_locales" qualifiers="const"> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="script" type="String" /> <description> - Returns readable script name for the [code]script[/code] code. + Returns readable script name for the [param script] code. </description> </method> <method name="get_tool_locale"> @@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ <return type="Translation" /> <param index="0" name="locale" type="String" /> <description> - Returns the [Translation] instance based on the [code]locale[/code] passed in. - It will return [code]null[/code] if there is no [Translation] instance that matches the [code]locale[/code]. + Returns the [Translation] instance based on the [param locale] passed in. + It will return [code]null[/code] if there is no [Translation] instance that matches the [param locale]. </description> </method> <method name="pseudolocalize" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <param index="0" name="message" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the pseudolocalized string based on the [code]p_message[/code] passed in. + Returns the pseudolocalized string based on the [param message] passed in. </description> </method> <method name="reload_pseudolocalization"> @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="locale" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the locale of the project. The [code]locale[/code] string will be standardized to match known locales (e.g. [code]en-US[/code] would be matched to [code]en_US[/code]). + Sets the locale of the project. The [param locale] string will be standardized to match known locales (e.g. [code]en-US[/code] would be matched to [code]en_US[/code]). If translations have been loaded beforehand for the new locale, they will be applied. </description> </method> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ <return type="String" /> <param index="0" name="locale" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]locale[/code] string standardized to match known locales (e.g. [code]en-US[/code] would be matched to [code]en_US[/code]). + Returns [param locale] string standardized to match known locales (e.g. [code]en-US[/code] would be matched to [code]en_US[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="translate" qualifiers="const"> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ <param index="3" name="context" type="StringName" default="""" /> <description> Returns the current locale's translation for the given message (key), plural_message and context. - The number [code]n[/code] is the number or quantity of the plural object. It will be used to guide the translation system to fetch the correct plural form for the selected language. + The number [param n] is the number or quantity of the plural object. It will be used to guide the translation system to fetch the correct plural form for the selected language. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tree.xml b/doc/classes/Tree.xml index 7825f2210f..efa0e4e393 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tree.xml @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ <param index="0" name="parent" type="TreeItem" default="null" /> <param index="1" name="idx" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Creates an item in the tree and adds it as a child of [code]parent[/code], which can be either a valid [TreeItem] or [code]null[/code]. - If [code]parent[/code] is [code]null[/code], the root item will be the parent, or the new item will be the root itself if the tree is empty. - The new item will be the [code]idx[/code]th child of parent, or it will be the last child if there are not enough siblings. + Creates an item in the tree and adds it as a child of [param parent], which can be either a valid [TreeItem] or [code]null[/code]. + If [param parent] is [code]null[/code], the root item will be the parent, or the new item will be the root itself if the tree is empty. + The new item will be the [param idx]th child of parent, or it will be the last child if there are not enough siblings. </description> </method> <method name="edit_selected"> @@ -70,14 +70,14 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns the button id at [code]position[/code], or -1 if no button is there. + Returns the button id at [param position], or -1 if no button is there. </description> </method> <method name="get_column_at_position" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns the column index at [code]position[/code], or -1 if no item is there. + Returns the column index at [param position], or -1 if no item is there. </description> </method> <method name="get_column_expand_ratio" qualifiers="const"> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns the drop section at [code]position[/code], or -100 if no item is there. + Returns the drop section at [param position], or -100 if no item is there. Values -1, 0, or 1 will be returned for the "above item", "on item", and "below item" drop sections, respectively. See [enum DropModeFlags] for a description of each drop section. To get the item which the returned drop section is relative to, use [method get_item_at_position]. </description> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ <param index="1" name="column" type="int" default="-1" /> <param index="2" name="button_index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Returns the rectangle area for the specified [TreeItem]. If [code]column[/code] is specified, only get the position and size of that column, otherwise get the rectangle containing all columns. If a button index is specified, the rectangle of that button will be returned. + Returns the rectangle area for the specified [TreeItem]. If [param column] is specified, only get the position and size of that column, otherwise get the rectangle containing all columns. If a button index is specified, the rectangle of that button will be returned. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_at_position" qualifiers="const"> @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ <param index="0" name="from" type="TreeItem" /> <description> Returns the next selected [TreeItem] after the given one, or [code]null[/code] if the end is reached. - If [code]from[/code] is [code]null[/code], this returns the first selected item. + If [param from] is [code]null[/code], this returns the first selected item. </description> </method> <method name="get_pressed_button" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml index 519c3afadb..6207477441 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@ <param index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" default="false" /> <param index="4" name="tooltip" type="String" default="""" /> <description> - Adds a button with [Texture2D] [code]button[/code] at column [code]column[/code]. The [code]id[/code] is used to identify the button. If not specified, the next available index is used, which may be retrieved by calling [method get_button_count] immediately before this method. Optionally, the button can be [code]disabled[/code] and have a [code]tooltip[/code]. + Adds a button with [Texture2D] [param button] at column [param column]. The [param id] is used to identify the button. If not specified, the next available index is used, which may be retrieved by calling [method get_button_count] immediately before this method. Optionally, the button can be [param disabled] and have a [param tooltip]. </description> </method> <method name="call_recursive" qualifiers="vararg"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="method" type="StringName" /> <description> - Calls the [code]method[/code] on the actual TreeItem and its children recursively. Pass parameters as a comma separated list. + Calls the [param method] on the actual TreeItem and its children recursively. Pass parameters as a comma separated list. </description> </method> <method name="clear_custom_bg_color"> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Creates an item and adds it as a child. - The new item will be inserted as position [code]idx[/code] (the default value [code]-1[/code] means the last position), or it will be the last child if [code]idx[/code] is higher than the child count. + The new item will be inserted as position [param idx] (the default value [code]-1[/code] means the last position), or it will be the last child if [param idx] is higher than the child count. </description> </method> <method name="deselect"> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="button_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in column [code]column[/code]. + Removes the button at index [param button_idx] in column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_button" qualifiers="const"> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="button_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Texture2D] of the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in column [code]column[/code]. + Returns the [Texture2D] of the button at index [param button_idx] in column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_button_by_id" qualifiers="const"> @@ -78,14 +78,14 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the button index if there is a button with id [code]id[/code] in column [code]column[/code], otherwise returns -1. + Returns the button index if there is a button with id [param id] in column [param column], otherwise returns -1. </description> </method> <method name="get_button_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the number of buttons in column [code]column[/code]. + Returns the number of buttons in column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_button_id" qualifiers="const"> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="button_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the id for the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in column [code]column[/code]. + Returns the id for the button at index [param button_idx] in column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_button_tooltip" qualifiers="const"> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="button_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the tooltip string for the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in column [code]column[/code]. + Returns the tooltip string for the button at index [param button_idx] in column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_cell_mode" qualifiers="const"> @@ -135,28 +135,28 @@ <return type="Color" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the custom background color of column [code]column[/code]. + Returns the custom background color of column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_custom_color" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the custom color of column [code]column[/code]. + Returns the custom color of column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_custom_font" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Font" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns custom font used to draw text in the column [code]column[/code]. + Returns custom font used to draw text in the column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_custom_font_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns custom font size used to draw text in the column [code]column[/code]. + Returns custom font size used to draw text in the column [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="get_expand_right" qualifiers="const"> @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ <param index="0" name="wrap" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the next visible sibling TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there is none. - If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the first visible element in the tree when called on the last visible element, otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]. + If [param wrap] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the first visible element in the tree when called on the last visible element, otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_parent" qualifiers="const"> @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ <param index="0" name="wrap" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the previous visible sibling TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there is none. - If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the last visible element in the tree when called on the first visible element, otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]. + If [param wrap] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the last visible element in the tree when called on the first visible element, otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_range" qualifiers="const"> @@ -326,14 +326,14 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="button_idx" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] for the given column is disabled. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [param button_idx] for the given [param column] is disabled. </description> </method> <method name="is_checked" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the given column is checked. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [param column] is checked. </description> </method> <method name="is_custom_set_as_button" qualifiers="const"> @@ -346,35 +346,35 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is editable. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [param column] is editable. </description> </method> <method name="is_indeterminate" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the given column is indeterminate. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [param column] is indeterminate. </description> </method> <method name="is_selectable" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is selectable. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [param column] is selectable. </description> </method> <method name="is_selected"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is selected. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [param column] is selected. </description> </method> <method name="move_after"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="item" type="TreeItem" /> <description> - Moves this TreeItem right after the given [code]item[/code]. + Moves this TreeItem right after the given [param item]. [b]Note:[/b] You can't move to the root or move the root. </description> </method> @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="item" type="TreeItem" /> <description> - Moves this TreeItem right before the given [code]item[/code]. + Moves this TreeItem right before the given [param item]. [b]Note:[/b] You can't move to the root or move the root. </description> </method> @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="emit_signal" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Propagates this item's checked status to its children and parents for the given [code]column[/code]. It is possible to process the items affected by this method call by connecting to [signal Tree.check_propagated_to_item]. The order that the items affected will be processed is as follows: the item invoking this method, children of that item, and finally parents of that item. If [code]emit_signal[/code] is [code]false[/code], then [signal Tree.check_propagated_to_item] will not be emitted. + Propagates this item's checked status to its children and parents for the given [param column]. It is possible to process the items affected by this method call by connecting to [signal Tree.check_propagated_to_item]. The order that the items affected will be processed is as follows: the item invoking this method, children of that item, and finally parents of that item. If [param emit_signal] is [code]false[/code], then [signal Tree.check_propagated_to_item] will not be emitted. </description> </method> <method name="remove_child"> @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> - Selects the column [code]column[/code]. + Selects the given [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="set_button"> @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ <param index="1" name="button_idx" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="button" type="Texture2D" /> <description> - Sets the given column's button [Texture2D] at index [code]button_idx[/code] to [code]button[/code]. + Sets the given column's button [Texture2D] at index [param button_idx] to [param button]. </description> </method> <method name="set_button_disabled"> @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ <param index="1" name="button_idx" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="disabled" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]true[/code], disables the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in column [code]column[/code]. + If [code]true[/code], disables the button at index [param button_idx] in the given [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="set_cell_mode"> @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="mode" type="int" enum="TreeItem.TreeCellMode" /> <description> - Sets the given column's cell mode to [code]mode[/code]. See [enum TreeCellMode] constants. + Sets the given column's cell mode to [param mode]. See [enum TreeCellMode] constants. </description> </method> <method name="set_checked"> @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="checked" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]true[/code], the column [code]column[/code] is checked. Clears column's indeterminate status. + If [code]true[/code], the given [param column] is checked. Clears column's indeterminate status. </description> </method> <method name="set_custom_as_button"> @@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ <param index="1" name="object" type="Object" /> <param index="2" name="callback" type="StringName" /> <description> - Sets the given column's custom draw callback to [code]callback[/code] method on [code]object[/code]. - The [code]callback[/code] should accept two arguments: the [TreeItem] that is drawn and its position and size as a [Rect2]. + Sets the given column's custom draw callback to [param callback] method on [param object]. + The [param callback] should accept two arguments: the [TreeItem] that is drawn and its position and size as a [Rect2]. </description> </method> <method name="set_custom_font"> @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="font" type="Font" /> <description> - Sets custom font used to draw text in the column [code]column[/code]. + Sets custom font used to draw text in the given [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="set_custom_font_size"> @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="font_size" type="int" /> <description> - Sets custom font size used to draw text in the column [code]column[/code]. + Sets custom font size used to draw text in the given [param column]. </description> </method> <method name="set_editable"> @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enabled" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]true[/code], column [code]column[/code] is editable. + If [code]true[/code], the given [param column] is editable. </description> </method> <method name="set_expand_right"> @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]true[/code], column [code]column[/code] is expanded to the right. + If [code]true[/code], the given [param column] is expanded to the right. </description> </method> <method name="set_icon"> @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="modulate" type="Color" /> <description> - Modulates the given column's icon with [code]modulate[/code]. + Modulates the given column's icon with [param modulate]. </description> </method> <method name="set_icon_region"> @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ <param index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="indeterminate" type="bool" /> <description> - If [code]true[/code], the column [code]column[/code] is marked indeterminate. + If [code]true[/code], the given [param column] is marked [param indeterminate]. [b]Note:[/b] If set [code]true[/code] from [code]false[/code], then column is cleared of checked status. </description> </method> @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ <param index="4" name="expr" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Sets the range of accepted values for a column. The column must be in the [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] mode. - If [code]expr[/code] is [code]true[/code], the edit mode slider will use an exponential scale as with [member Range.exp_edit]. + If [param expr] is [code]true[/code], the edit mode slider will use an exponential scale as with [member Range.exp_edit]. </description> </method> <method name="set_selectable"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector4.xml b/doc/classes/Vector4.xml index 46005f8373..538cdd4138 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector4.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector4.xml @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="to" type="Vector4" /> <description> - Returns the squared distance between this vector and [code]to[/code]. + Returns the squared distance between this vector and [param to]. This method runs faster than [method distance_to], so prefer it if you need to compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml index 2e43d2d96f..93e7e20f5a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ </member> <member name="texture_mipmap_bias" type="float" setter="set_texture_mipmap_bias" getter="get_texture_mipmap_bias" default="0.0"> Affects the final texture sharpness by reading from a lower or higher mipmap (also called "texture LOD bias"). Negative values make mipmapped textures sharper but grainier when viewed at a distance, while positive values make mipmapped textures blurrier (even when up close). To get sharper textures at a distance without introducing too much graininess, set this between [code]-0.75[/code] and [code]0.0[/code]. Enabling temporal antialiasing ([member ProjectSettings.rendering/anti_aliasing/quality/use_taa]) can help reduce the graininess visible when using negative mipmap bias. - [b]Note:[/b] When the 3D scaling mode is set to FSR 1.0, this value is used to adjust the automatic mipmap bias which is calculated internally based on the scale factor. The formula for this is [code]-log2(1.0 / scale) + mipmap_bias[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] If [member scaling_3d_scale] is lower than [code]1.0[/code] (exclusive), [member texture_mipmap_bias] is used to adjust the automatic mipmap bias which is calculated internally based on the scale factor. The formula for this is [code]log2(scaling_3d_scale) + mipmap_bias[/code]. To control this property on the root viewport, set the [member ProjectSettings.rendering/textures/default_filters/texture_mipmap_bias] project setting. </member> <member name="transparent_bg" type="bool" setter="set_transparent_background" getter="has_transparent_background" default="false"> diff --git a/editor/animation_bezier_editor.cpp b/editor/animation_bezier_editor.cpp index ab9afda803..e10ed7e976 100644 --- a/editor/animation_bezier_editor.cpp +++ b/editor/animation_bezier_editor.cpp @@ -328,6 +328,8 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::_notification(int p_what) { } } + Color dc = get_theme_color(SNAME("disabled_font_color"), SNAME("Editor")); + Ref<Texture2D> remove = get_theme_icon(SNAME("Remove"), SNAME("EditorIcons")); float remove_hpos = limit - hsep - remove->get_width(); @@ -402,7 +404,11 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::_notification(int p_what) { float icon_start_height = vofs + rect.size.y / 2; Rect2 remove_rect = Rect2(remove_hpos, icon_start_height - remove->get_height() / 2, remove->get_width(), remove->get_height()); - draw_texture(remove, remove_rect.position); + if (read_only) { + draw_texture(remove, remove_rect.position, dc); + } else { + draw_texture(remove, remove_rect.position); + } Rect2 lock_rect = Rect2(lock_hpos, icon_start_height - lock->get_height() / 2, lock->get_width(), lock->get_height()); if (locked_tracks.has(current_track)) { @@ -632,8 +638,9 @@ Ref<Animation> AnimationBezierTrackEdit::get_animation() const { return animation; } -void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::set_animation_and_track(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, int p_track) { +void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::set_animation_and_track(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, int p_track, bool p_read_only) { animation = p_animation; + read_only = p_read_only; selected_track = p_track; update(); } @@ -715,7 +722,7 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::set_filtered(bool p_filtered) { continue; // Skip track due to not selected. } - set_animation_and_track(animation, i); + set_animation_and_track(animation, i, read_only); break; } } @@ -819,12 +826,16 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { if (p_event->is_pressed()) { if (ED_GET_SHORTCUT("animation_editor/duplicate_selection")->matches_event(p_event)) { - duplicate_selection(); + if (!read_only) { + duplicate_selection(); + } accept_event(); } if (ED_GET_SHORTCUT("animation_editor/delete_selection")->matches_event(p_event)) { - delete_selection(); + if (!read_only) { + delete_selection(); + } accept_event(); } } @@ -917,26 +928,28 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { if (mb.is_valid() && mb->get_button_index() == MouseButton::RIGHT && mb->is_pressed()) { menu_insert_key = mb->get_position(); if (menu_insert_key.x >= limit && menu_insert_key.x <= get_size().width) { - Vector2 popup_pos = get_screen_position() + mb->get_position(); + if (!read_only) { + Vector2 popup_pos = get_screen_position() + mb->get_position(); - menu->clear(); - if (!locked_tracks.has(selected_track) || locked_tracks.has(selected_track)) { - menu->add_icon_item(bezier_icon, TTR("Insert Key Here"), MENU_KEY_INSERT); - } - if (selection.size()) { - menu->add_separator(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Duplicate"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Duplicate Selected Key(s)"), MENU_KEY_DUPLICATE); - menu->add_separator(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Remove"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Delete Selected Key(s)"), MENU_KEY_DELETE); - menu->add_separator(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("BezierHandlesFree"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Make Handles Free"), MENU_KEY_SET_HANDLE_FREE); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("BezierHandlesBalanced"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Make Handles Balanced"), MENU_KEY_SET_HANDLE_BALANCED); - } + menu->clear(); + if (!locked_tracks.has(selected_track) || locked_tracks.has(selected_track)) { + menu->add_icon_item(bezier_icon, TTR("Insert Key Here"), MENU_KEY_INSERT); + } + if (selection.size()) { + menu->add_separator(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Duplicate"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Duplicate Selected Key(s)"), MENU_KEY_DUPLICATE); + menu->add_separator(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Remove"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Delete Selected Key(s)"), MENU_KEY_DELETE); + menu->add_separator(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("BezierHandlesFree"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Make Handles Free"), MENU_KEY_SET_HANDLE_FREE); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("BezierHandlesBalanced"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Make Handles Balanced"), MENU_KEY_SET_HANDLE_BALANCED); + } - if (menu->get_item_count()) { - menu->reset_size(); - menu->set_position(popup_pos); - menu->popup(); + if (menu->get_item_count()) { + menu->reset_size(); + menu->set_position(popup_pos); + menu->popup(); + } } } } @@ -945,7 +958,7 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { for (const KeyValue<int, Rect2> &E : subtracks) { if (E.value.has_point(mb->get_position())) { if (!locked_tracks.has(E.key) && !hidden_tracks.has(E.key)) { - set_animation_and_track(animation, E.key); + set_animation_and_track(animation, E.key, read_only); _clear_selection(); } return; @@ -958,30 +971,32 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { for (const KeyValue<int, Rect2> &I : track_icons) { if (I.value.has_point(mb->get_position())) { if (I.key == REMOVE_ICON) { - undo_redo->create_action("Remove Bezier Track"); - - undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_update_locked_tracks_after", track); - undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_update_hidden_tracks_after", track); - - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "remove_track", track); + if (!read_only) { + undo_redo->create_action("Remove Bezier Track"); + + undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_update_locked_tracks_after", track); + undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_update_hidden_tracks_after", track); + + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "remove_track", track); + + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "add_track", Animation::TrackType::TYPE_BEZIER, track); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_set_path", track, animation->track_get_path(track)); + + for (int i = 0; i < animation->track_get_key_count(track); ++i) { + undo_redo->add_undo_method( + animation.ptr(), + "bezier_track_insert_key", + track, animation->track_get_key_time(track, i), + animation->bezier_track_get_key_value(track, i), + animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(track, i), + animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(track, i), + animation->bezier_track_get_key_handle_mode(track, i)); + } - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "add_track", Animation::TrackType::TYPE_BEZIER, track); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_set_path", track, animation->track_get_path(track)); + undo_redo->commit_action(); - for (int i = 0; i < animation->track_get_key_count(track); ++i) { - undo_redo->add_undo_method( - animation.ptr(), - "bezier_track_insert_key", - track, animation->track_get_key_time(track, i), - animation->bezier_track_get_key_value(track, i), - animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(track, i), - animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(track, i), - animation->bezier_track_get_key_handle_mode(track, i)); + selected_track = CLAMP(selected_track, 0, animation->get_track_count() - 1); } - - undo_redo->commit_action(); - - selected_track = CLAMP(selected_track, 0, animation->get_track_count() - 1); return; } else if (I.key == LOCK_ICON) { if (locked_tracks.has(track)) { @@ -991,7 +1006,7 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { if (selected_track == track) { for (int i = 0; i < animation->get_track_count(); ++i) { if (!locked_tracks.has(i) && animation->track_get_type(i) == Animation::TrackType::TYPE_BEZIER) { - set_animation_and_track(animation, i); + set_animation_and_track(animation, i, read_only); break; } } @@ -1007,7 +1022,7 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { if (selected_track == track) { for (int i = 0; i < animation->get_track_count(); ++i) { if (!hidden_tracks.has(i) && animation->track_get_type(i) == Animation::TrackType::TYPE_BEZIER) { - set_animation_and_track(animation, i); + set_animation_and_track(animation, i, read_only); break; } } @@ -1046,7 +1061,7 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { } } - set_animation_and_track(animation, track); + set_animation_and_track(animation, track, read_only); solo_track = track; } update(); @@ -1087,7 +1102,7 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { moving_selection_from_key = pair.second; moving_selection_from_track = pair.first; moving_selection_offset = Vector2(); - set_animation_and_track(animation, pair.first); + set_animation_and_track(animation, pair.first, read_only); selection.clear(); selection.insert(pair); update(); @@ -1096,24 +1111,26 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { } } - if (edit_points[i].in_rect.has_point(mb->get_position())) { - moving_handle = -1; - moving_handle_key = edit_points[i].key; - moving_handle_track = edit_points[i].track; - moving_handle_left = animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key); - moving_handle_right = animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key); - update(); - return; - } + if (!read_only) { + if (edit_points[i].in_rect.has_point(mb->get_position())) { + moving_handle = -1; + moving_handle_key = edit_points[i].key; + moving_handle_track = edit_points[i].track; + moving_handle_left = animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key); + moving_handle_right = animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key); + update(); + return; + } - if (edit_points[i].out_rect.has_point(mb->get_position())) { - moving_handle = 1; - moving_handle_key = edit_points[i].key; - moving_handle_track = edit_points[i].track; - moving_handle_left = animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key); - moving_handle_right = animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key); - update(); - return; + if (edit_points[i].out_rect.has_point(mb->get_position())) { + moving_handle = 1; + moving_handle_key = edit_points[i].key; + moving_handle_track = edit_points[i].track; + moving_handle_left = animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key); + moving_handle_right = animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key); + update(); + return; + } } } @@ -1191,7 +1208,7 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { selection.insert(IntPair(edit_points[i].track, edit_points[i].key)); if (!track_set) { track_set = true; - set_animation_and_track(animation, edit_points[i].track); + set_animation_and_track(animation, edit_points[i].track, read_only); } } } @@ -1215,7 +1232,7 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { float track_height = _bezier_h_to_pixel(track_h); if (abs(mb->get_position().y - track_height) < 10) { - set_animation_and_track(animation, i); + set_animation_and_track(animation, i, read_only); break; } } @@ -1229,102 +1246,106 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { } if (moving_handle != 0 && mb.is_valid() && !mb->is_pressed() && mb->get_button_index() == MouseButton::LEFT) { - undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Move Bezier Points")); - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_in_handle", selected_track, moving_handle_key, moving_handle_left); - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_out_handle", selected_track, moving_handle_key, moving_handle_right); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_in_handle", selected_track, moving_handle_key, animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(selected_track, moving_handle_key)); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_out_handle", selected_track, moving_handle_key, animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(selected_track, moving_handle_key)); - undo_redo->commit_action(); + if (!read_only) { + undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Move Bezier Points")); + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_in_handle", selected_track, moving_handle_key, moving_handle_left); + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_out_handle", selected_track, moving_handle_key, moving_handle_right); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_in_handle", selected_track, moving_handle_key, animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(selected_track, moving_handle_key)); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_out_handle", selected_track, moving_handle_key, animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(selected_track, moving_handle_key)); + undo_redo->commit_action(); - moving_handle = 0; - update(); + moving_handle = 0; + update(); + } } if (moving_selection_attempt && mb.is_valid() && !mb->is_pressed() && mb->get_button_index() == MouseButton::LEFT) { - if (moving_selection) { - //combit it + if (!read_only) { + if (moving_selection) { + //combit it - undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Move Bezier Points")); - - List<AnimMoveRestore> to_restore; - // 1-remove the keys - for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "track_remove_key", E->get().first, E->get().second); - } - // 2- remove overlapped keys - for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { - float newtime = editor->snap_time(animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second) + moving_selection_offset.x); + undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Move Bezier Points")); - int idx = animation->track_find_key(E->get().first, newtime, true); - if (idx == -1) { - continue; + List<AnimMoveRestore> to_restore; + // 1-remove the keys + for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "track_remove_key", E->get().first, E->get().second); } + // 2- remove overlapped keys + for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { + float newtime = editor->snap_time(animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second) + moving_selection_offset.x); - if (selection.has(IntPair(E->get().first, idx))) { - continue; //already in selection, don't save - } + int idx = animation->track_find_key(E->get().first, newtime, true); + if (idx == -1) { + continue; + } - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "track_remove_key_at_time", E->get().first, newtime); - AnimMoveRestore amr; + if (selection.has(IntPair(E->get().first, idx))) { + continue; //already in selection, don't save + } - amr.key = animation->track_get_key_value(E->get().first, idx); - amr.track = E->get().first; - amr.time = newtime; + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "track_remove_key_at_time", E->get().first, newtime); + AnimMoveRestore amr; - to_restore.push_back(amr); - } + amr.key = animation->track_get_key_value(E->get().first, idx); + amr.track = E->get().first; + amr.time = newtime; - // 3-move the keys (re insert them) - for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { - float newpos = editor->snap_time(animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second) + moving_selection_offset.x); - Array key = animation->track_get_key_value(E->get().first, E->get().second); - float h = key[0]; - h += moving_selection_offset.y; - key[0] = h; - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "track_insert_key", E->get().first, newpos, key, 1); - } + to_restore.push_back(amr); + } - // 4-(undo) remove inserted keys - for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { - float newpos = editor->snap_time(animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second) + moving_selection_offset.x); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_remove_key_at_time", E->get().first, newpos); - } + // 3-move the keys (re insert them) + for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { + float newpos = editor->snap_time(animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second) + moving_selection_offset.x); + Array key = animation->track_get_key_value(E->get().first, E->get().second); + float h = key[0]; + h += moving_selection_offset.y; + key[0] = h; + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "track_insert_key", E->get().first, newpos, key, 1); + } - // 5-(undo) reinsert keys - for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { - float oldpos = animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_insert_key", E->get().first, oldpos, animation->track_get_key_value(E->get().first, E->get().second), 1); - } + // 4-(undo) remove inserted keys + for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { + float newpos = editor->snap_time(animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second) + moving_selection_offset.x); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_remove_key_at_time", E->get().first, newpos); + } - // 6-(undo) reinsert overlapped keys - for (const AnimMoveRestore &amr : to_restore) { - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_insert_key", amr.track, amr.time, amr.key, 1); - } + // 5-(undo) reinsert keys + for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { + float oldpos = animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_insert_key", E->get().first, oldpos, animation->track_get_key_value(E->get().first, E->get().second), 1); + } - undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_clear_selection_for_anim", animation); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(this, "_clear_selection_for_anim", animation); + // 6-(undo) reinsert overlapped keys + for (const AnimMoveRestore &amr : to_restore) { + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_insert_key", amr.track, amr.time, amr.key, 1); + } - // 7-reselect + undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_clear_selection_for_anim", animation); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(this, "_clear_selection_for_anim", animation); - for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { - float oldpos = animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second); - float newpos = editor->snap_time(oldpos + moving_selection_offset.x); + // 7-reselect - undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_select_at_anim", animation, E->get().first, newpos); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(this, "_select_at_anim", animation, E->get().first, oldpos); - } + for (SelectionSet::Element *E = selection.back(); E; E = E->prev()) { + float oldpos = animation->track_get_key_time(E->get().first, E->get().second); + float newpos = editor->snap_time(oldpos + moving_selection_offset.x); - undo_redo->commit_action(); + undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_select_at_anim", animation, E->get().first, newpos); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(this, "_select_at_anim", animation, E->get().first, oldpos); + } - moving_selection = false; - } else if (select_single_attempt != IntPair(-1, -1)) { - selection.clear(); - selection.insert(select_single_attempt); - set_animation_and_track(animation, select_single_attempt.first); - } + undo_redo->commit_action(); - moving_selection_attempt = false; - update(); + moving_selection = false; + } else if (select_single_attempt != IntPair(-1, -1)) { + selection.clear(); + selection.insert(select_single_attempt); + set_animation_and_track(animation, select_single_attempt.first, read_only); + } + + moving_selection_attempt = false; + update(); + } } Ref<InputEventMouseMotion> mm = p_event; @@ -1337,7 +1358,9 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { float y = (get_size().height / 2 - mm->get_position().y) * v_zoom + v_scroll; float x = editor->snap_time(((mm->get_position().x - limit) / timeline->get_zoom_scale()) + timeline->get_value()); - moving_selection_offset = Vector2(x - animation->track_get_key_time(moving_selection_from_track, moving_selection_from_key), y - animation->bezier_track_get_key_value(moving_selection_from_track, moving_selection_from_key)); + if (!read_only) { + moving_selection_offset = Vector2(x - animation->track_get_key_time(moving_selection_from_track, moving_selection_from_key), y - animation->bezier_track_get_key_value(moving_selection_from_track, moving_selection_from_key)); + } update(); } @@ -1399,20 +1422,22 @@ void AnimationBezierTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { bool is_finishing_key_handle_drag = moving_handle != 0 && mb.is_valid() && !mb->is_pressed() && mb->get_button_index() == MouseButton::LEFT; if (is_finishing_key_handle_drag) { - undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Move Bezier Points")); - if (moving_handle == -1) { - double ratio = timeline->get_zoom_scale() * v_zoom; - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_in_handle", moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key, moving_handle_left, ratio); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_in_handle", moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key, animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key), ratio); - } else if (moving_handle == 1) { - double ratio = timeline->get_zoom_scale() * v_zoom; - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_out_handle", moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key, moving_handle_right, ratio); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_out_handle", moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key, animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key), ratio); - } - undo_redo->commit_action(); + if (!read_only) { + undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Move Bezier Points")); + if (moving_handle == -1) { + double ratio = timeline->get_zoom_scale() * v_zoom; + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_in_handle", moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key, moving_handle_left, ratio); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_in_handle", moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key, animation->bezier_track_get_key_in_handle(moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key), ratio); + } else if (moving_handle == 1) { + double ratio = timeline->get_zoom_scale() * v_zoom; + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_out_handle", moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key, moving_handle_right, ratio); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "bezier_track_set_key_out_handle", moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key, animation->bezier_track_get_key_out_handle(moving_handle_track, moving_handle_key), ratio); + } + undo_redo->commit_action(); - moving_handle = 0; - update(); + moving_handle = 0; + update(); + } } } diff --git a/editor/animation_bezier_editor.h b/editor/animation_bezier_editor.h index 22b58a6703..070a6589ad 100644 --- a/editor/animation_bezier_editor.h +++ b/editor/animation_bezier_editor.h @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ class AnimationBezierTrackEdit : public Control { float play_position_pos = 0; Ref<Animation> animation; + bool read_only = false; int selected_track = 0; Vector<Rect2> view_rects; @@ -176,7 +177,7 @@ public: Ref<Animation> get_animation() const; - void set_animation_and_track(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, int p_track); + void set_animation_and_track(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, int p_track, bool p_read_only); virtual Size2 get_minimum_size() const override; void set_undo_redo(UndoRedo *p_undo_redo); diff --git a/editor/animation_track_editor.cpp b/editor/animation_track_editor.cpp index 83047caf98..0db82551cb 100644 --- a/editor/animation_track_editor.cpp +++ b/editor/animation_track_editor.cpp @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ class AnimationTrackKeyEdit : public Object { public: bool setting = false; + bool animation_read_only = false; bool _hide_script_from_inspector() { return true; @@ -57,12 +58,17 @@ public: return true; } + bool _read_only() { + return animation_read_only; + } + static void _bind_methods() { ClassDB::bind_method("_update_obj", &AnimationTrackKeyEdit::_update_obj); ClassDB::bind_method("_key_ofs_changed", &AnimationTrackKeyEdit::_key_ofs_changed); ClassDB::bind_method("_hide_script_from_inspector", &AnimationTrackKeyEdit::_hide_script_from_inspector); ClassDB::bind_method("get_root_path", &AnimationTrackKeyEdit::get_root_path); ClassDB::bind_method("_dont_undo_redo", &AnimationTrackKeyEdit::_dont_undo_redo); + ClassDB::bind_method("_read_only", &AnimationTrackKeyEdit::_read_only); } void _fix_node_path(Variant &value) { @@ -703,6 +709,7 @@ class AnimationMultiTrackKeyEdit : public Object { public: bool setting = false; + bool animation_read_only = false; bool _hide_script_from_inspector() { return true; @@ -712,12 +719,17 @@ public: return true; } + bool _read_only() { + return animation_read_only; + } + static void _bind_methods() { ClassDB::bind_method("_update_obj", &AnimationMultiTrackKeyEdit::_update_obj); ClassDB::bind_method("_key_ofs_changed", &AnimationMultiTrackKeyEdit::_key_ofs_changed); ClassDB::bind_method("_hide_script_from_inspector", &AnimationMultiTrackKeyEdit::_hide_script_from_inspector); ClassDB::bind_method("get_root_path", &AnimationMultiTrackKeyEdit::get_root_path); ClassDB::bind_method("_dont_undo_redo", &AnimationMultiTrackKeyEdit::_dont_undo_redo); + ClassDB::bind_method("_read_only", &AnimationMultiTrackKeyEdit::_read_only); } void _fix_node_path(Variant &value, NodePath &base) { @@ -1416,22 +1428,32 @@ void AnimationTimelineEdit::_anim_length_changed(double p_new_len) { } void AnimationTimelineEdit::_anim_loop_pressed() { - undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Change Animation Loop")); - switch (animation->get_loop_mode()) { - case Animation::LOOP_NONE: { - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "set_loop_mode", Animation::LOOP_LINEAR); - } break; - case Animation::LOOP_LINEAR: { - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "set_loop_mode", Animation::LOOP_PINGPONG); - } break; - case Animation::LOOP_PINGPONG: { - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "set_loop_mode", Animation::LOOP_NONE); - } break; - default: - break; + if (!read_only) { + undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Change Animation Loop")); + switch (animation->get_loop_mode()) { + case Animation::LOOP_NONE: { + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "set_loop_mode", Animation::LOOP_LINEAR); + } break; + case Animation::LOOP_LINEAR: { + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "set_loop_mode", Animation::LOOP_PINGPONG); + } break; + case Animation::LOOP_PINGPONG: { + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "set_loop_mode", Animation::LOOP_NONE); + } break; + default: + break; + } + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "set_loop_mode", animation->get_loop_mode()); + undo_redo->commit_action(); + } else { + String base_path = animation->get_path(); + if (FileAccess::exists(base_path + ".import")) { + EditorNode::get_singleton()->show_warning(TTR("Can't change loop mode on animation instanced from imported scene.")); + } else { + EditorNode::get_singleton()->show_warning(TTR("Can't change loop mode on animation embedded in another scene.")); + } + update_values(); } - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "set_loop_mode", animation->get_loop_mode()); - undo_redo->commit_action(); } int AnimationTimelineEdit::get_buttons_width() const { @@ -1656,11 +1678,17 @@ void AnimationTimelineEdit::_notification(int p_what) { } } -void AnimationTimelineEdit::set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation) { +void AnimationTimelineEdit::set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, bool p_read_only) { animation = p_animation; + read_only = p_read_only; + if (animation.is_valid()) { len_hb->show(); - add_track->show(); + if (read_only) { + add_track->hide(); + } else { + add_track->show(); + } play_position->show(); } else { len_hb->hide(); @@ -1982,6 +2010,8 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::_notification(int p_what) { Color linecolor = color; linecolor.a = 0.2; + Color dc = get_theme_color(SNAME("disabled_font_color"), SNAME("Editor")); + // NAMES AND ICONS // { @@ -2131,14 +2161,18 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::_notification(int p_what) { ofs += update_icon->get_width() + hsep / 2; update_mode_rect.size.x += hsep / 2; - if (animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_VALUE) { - draw_texture(down_icon, Vector2(ofs, int(get_size().height - down_icon->get_height()) / 2)); - update_mode_rect.size.x += down_icon->get_width(); - } else if (animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_BEZIER) { - Ref<Texture2D> bezier_icon = get_theme_icon(SNAME("EditBezier"), SNAME("EditorIcons")); - update_mode_rect.size.x += down_icon->get_width(); + if (!read_only) { + if (animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_VALUE) { + draw_texture(down_icon, Vector2(ofs, int(get_size().height - down_icon->get_height()) / 2)); + update_mode_rect.size.x += down_icon->get_width(); + } else if (animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_BEZIER) { + Ref<Texture2D> bezier_icon = get_theme_icon(SNAME("EditBezier"), SNAME("EditorIcons")); + update_mode_rect.size.x += down_icon->get_width(); - update_mode_rect = Rect2(); + update_mode_rect = Rect2(); + } else { + update_mode_rect = Rect2(); + } } else { update_mode_rect = Rect2(); } @@ -2169,7 +2203,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::_notification(int p_what) { ofs += icon->get_width() + hsep / 2; interp_mode_rect.size.x += hsep / 2; - if (!animation->track_is_compressed(track) && (animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_VALUE || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_BLEND_SHAPE || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_POSITION_3D || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_SCALE_3D || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_ROTATION_3D)) { + if (!read_only && !animation->track_is_compressed(track) && (animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_VALUE || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_BLEND_SHAPE || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_POSITION_3D || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_SCALE_3D || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_ROTATION_3D)) { draw_texture(down_icon, Vector2(ofs, int(get_size().height - down_icon->get_height()) / 2)); interp_mode_rect.size.x += down_icon->get_width(); } else { @@ -2202,7 +2236,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::_notification(int p_what) { ofs += icon->get_width() + hsep / 2; loop_wrap_rect.size.x += hsep / 2; - if (!animation->track_is_compressed(track) && (animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_VALUE || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_BLEND_SHAPE || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_POSITION_3D || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_SCALE_3D || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_ROTATION_3D)) { + if (!read_only && !animation->track_is_compressed(track) && (animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_VALUE || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_BLEND_SHAPE || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_POSITION_3D || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_SCALE_3D || animation->track_get_type(track) == Animation::TYPE_ROTATION_3D)) { draw_texture(down_icon, Vector2(ofs, int(get_size().height - down_icon->get_height()) / 2)); loop_wrap_rect.size.x += down_icon->get_width(); } else { @@ -2223,7 +2257,11 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::_notification(int p_what) { remove_rect.position.y = int(get_size().height - icon->get_height()) / 2; remove_rect.size = icon->get_size(); - draw_texture(icon, remove_rect.position); + if (read_only) { + draw_texture(icon, remove_rect.position, dc); + } else { + draw_texture(icon, remove_rect.position); + } } } @@ -2439,8 +2477,10 @@ Ref<Animation> AnimationTrackEdit::get_animation() const { return animation; } -void AnimationTrackEdit::set_animation_and_track(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, int p_track) { +void AnimationTrackEdit::set_animation_and_track(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, int p_track, bool p_read_only) { animation = p_animation; + read_only = p_read_only; + track = p_track; update(); @@ -2721,17 +2761,23 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { if (p_event->is_pressed()) { if (ED_GET_SHORTCUT("animation_editor/duplicate_selection")->matches_event(p_event)) { - emit_signal(SNAME("duplicate_request")); + if (!read_only) { + emit_signal(SNAME("duplicate_request")); + } accept_event(); } if (ED_GET_SHORTCUT("animation_editor/duplicate_selection_transposed")->matches_event(p_event)) { - emit_signal(SNAME("duplicate_transpose_request")); + if (!read_only) { + emit_signal(SNAME("duplicate_transpose_request")); + } accept_event(); } if (ED_GET_SHORTCUT("animation_editor/delete_selection")->matches_event(p_event)) { - emit_signal(SNAME("delete_request")); + if (!read_only) { + emit_signal(SNAME("delete_request")); + } accept_event(); } } @@ -2740,79 +2786,81 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { if (mb.is_valid() && mb->is_pressed() && mb->get_button_index() == MouseButton::LEFT) { Point2 pos = mb->get_position(); - if (check_rect.has_point(pos)) { - undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Toggle Track Enabled")); - undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "track_set_enabled", track, !animation->track_is_enabled(track)); - undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_set_enabled", track, animation->track_is_enabled(track)); - undo_redo->commit_action(); - update(); - accept_event(); - } + if (!read_only) { + if (check_rect.has_point(pos)) { + undo_redo->create_action(TTR("Toggle Track Enabled")); + undo_redo->add_do_method(animation.ptr(), "track_set_enabled", track, !animation->track_is_enabled(track)); + undo_redo->add_undo_method(animation.ptr(), "track_set_enabled", track, animation->track_is_enabled(track)); + undo_redo->commit_action(); + update(); + accept_event(); + } - // Don't overlap track keys if they start at 0. - if (path_rect.has_point(pos + Size2(type_icon->get_width(), 0))) { - clicking_on_name = true; - accept_event(); - } + // Don't overlap track keys if they start at 0. + if (path_rect.has_point(pos + Size2(type_icon->get_width(), 0))) { + clicking_on_name = true; + accept_event(); + } - if (update_mode_rect.has_point(pos)) { - if (!menu) { - menu = memnew(PopupMenu); - add_child(menu); - menu->connect("id_pressed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEdit::_menu_selected)); + if (update_mode_rect.has_point(pos)) { + if (!menu) { + menu = memnew(PopupMenu); + add_child(menu); + menu->connect("id_pressed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEdit::_menu_selected)); + } + menu->clear(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("TrackContinuous"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Continuous"), MENU_CALL_MODE_CONTINUOUS); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("TrackDiscrete"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Discrete"), MENU_CALL_MODE_DISCRETE); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("TrackTrigger"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Trigger"), MENU_CALL_MODE_TRIGGER); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("TrackCapture"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Capture"), MENU_CALL_MODE_CAPTURE); + menu->reset_size(); + + Vector2 popup_pos = get_screen_position() + update_mode_rect.position + Vector2(0, update_mode_rect.size.height); + menu->set_position(popup_pos); + menu->popup(); + accept_event(); } - menu->clear(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("TrackContinuous"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Continuous"), MENU_CALL_MODE_CONTINUOUS); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("TrackDiscrete"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Discrete"), MENU_CALL_MODE_DISCRETE); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("TrackTrigger"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Trigger"), MENU_CALL_MODE_TRIGGER); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("TrackCapture"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Capture"), MENU_CALL_MODE_CAPTURE); - menu->reset_size(); - - Vector2 popup_pos = get_screen_position() + update_mode_rect.position + Vector2(0, update_mode_rect.size.height); - menu->set_position(popup_pos); - menu->popup(); - accept_event(); - } - if (interp_mode_rect.has_point(pos)) { - if (!menu) { - menu = memnew(PopupMenu); - add_child(menu); - menu->connect("id_pressed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEdit::_menu_selected)); + if (interp_mode_rect.has_point(pos)) { + if (!menu) { + menu = memnew(PopupMenu); + add_child(menu); + menu->connect("id_pressed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEdit::_menu_selected)); + } + menu->clear(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpRaw"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Nearest"), MENU_INTERPOLATION_NEAREST); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpLinear"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Linear"), MENU_INTERPOLATION_LINEAR); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpCubic"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Cubic"), MENU_INTERPOLATION_CUBIC); + menu->reset_size(); + + Vector2 popup_pos = get_screen_position() + interp_mode_rect.position + Vector2(0, interp_mode_rect.size.height); + menu->set_position(popup_pos); + menu->popup(); + accept_event(); } - menu->clear(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpRaw"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Nearest"), MENU_INTERPOLATION_NEAREST); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpLinear"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Linear"), MENU_INTERPOLATION_LINEAR); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpCubic"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Cubic"), MENU_INTERPOLATION_CUBIC); - menu->reset_size(); - - Vector2 popup_pos = get_screen_position() + interp_mode_rect.position + Vector2(0, interp_mode_rect.size.height); - menu->set_position(popup_pos); - menu->popup(); - accept_event(); - } - if (loop_wrap_rect.has_point(pos)) { - if (!menu) { - menu = memnew(PopupMenu); - add_child(menu); - menu->connect("id_pressed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEdit::_menu_selected)); + if (loop_wrap_rect.has_point(pos)) { + if (!menu) { + menu = memnew(PopupMenu); + add_child(menu); + menu->connect("id_pressed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEdit::_menu_selected)); + } + menu->clear(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpWrapClamp"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Clamp Loop Interp"), MENU_LOOP_CLAMP); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpWrapLoop"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Wrap Loop Interp"), MENU_LOOP_WRAP); + menu->reset_size(); + + Vector2 popup_pos = get_screen_position() + loop_wrap_rect.position + Vector2(0, loop_wrap_rect.size.height); + menu->set_position(popup_pos); + menu->popup(); + accept_event(); } - menu->clear(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpWrapClamp"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Clamp Loop Interp"), MENU_LOOP_CLAMP); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("InterpWrapLoop"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Wrap Loop Interp"), MENU_LOOP_WRAP); - menu->reset_size(); - - Vector2 popup_pos = get_screen_position() + loop_wrap_rect.position + Vector2(0, loop_wrap_rect.size.height); - menu->set_position(popup_pos); - menu->popup(); - accept_event(); - } - if (remove_rect.has_point(pos)) { - emit_signal(SNAME("remove_request"), track); - accept_event(); - return; + if (remove_rect.has_point(pos)) { + emit_signal(SNAME("remove_request"), track); + accept_event(); + return; + } } // Check keyframes. @@ -2872,6 +2920,11 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { moving_selection_attempt = true; moving_selection_from_ofs = (mb->get_position().x - limit) / timeline->get_zoom_scale(); } + + if (read_only) { + moving_selection_attempt = false; + moving_selection_from_ofs = 0.0f; + } accept_event(); } } @@ -2883,33 +2936,35 @@ void AnimationTrackEdit::gui_input(const Ref<InputEvent> &p_event) { if (pos.x >= timeline->get_name_limit() && pos.x <= get_size().width - timeline->get_buttons_width()) { // Can do something with menu too! show insert key. float offset = (pos.x - timeline->get_name_limit()) / timeline->get_zoom_scale(); - if (!menu) { - menu = memnew(PopupMenu); - add_child(menu); - menu->connect("id_pressed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEdit::_menu_selected)); - } + if (!read_only) { + if (!menu) { + menu = memnew(PopupMenu); + add_child(menu); + menu->connect("id_pressed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEdit::_menu_selected)); + } - menu->clear(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Key"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Insert Key"), MENU_KEY_INSERT); - if (editor->is_selection_active()) { - menu->add_separator(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Duplicate"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Duplicate Key(s)"), MENU_KEY_DUPLICATE); + menu->clear(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Key"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Insert Key"), MENU_KEY_INSERT); + if (editor->is_selection_active()) { + menu->add_separator(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Duplicate"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Duplicate Key(s)"), MENU_KEY_DUPLICATE); - AnimationPlayer *player = AnimationPlayerEditor::get_singleton()->get_player(); - if (!player->has_animation(SceneStringNames::get_singleton()->RESET) || animation != player->get_animation(SceneStringNames::get_singleton()->RESET)) { - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Reload"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Add RESET Value(s)"), MENU_KEY_ADD_RESET); - } + AnimationPlayer *player = AnimationPlayerEditor::get_singleton()->get_player(); + if (!player->has_animation(SceneStringNames::get_singleton()->RESET) || animation != player->get_animation(SceneStringNames::get_singleton()->RESET)) { + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Reload"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Add RESET Value(s)"), MENU_KEY_ADD_RESET); + } - menu->add_separator(); - menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Remove"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Delete Key(s)"), MENU_KEY_DELETE); - } - menu->reset_size(); + menu->add_separator(); + menu->add_icon_item(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Remove"), SNAME("EditorIcons")), TTR("Delete Key(s)"), MENU_KEY_DELETE); + } + menu->reset_size(); - menu->set_position(get_screen_position() + get_local_mouse_position()); - menu->popup(); + menu->set_position(get_screen_position() + get_local_mouse_position()); + menu->popup(); - insert_at_pos = offset + timeline->get_value(); - accept_event(); + insert_at_pos = offset + timeline->get_value(); + accept_event(); + } } } @@ -3354,7 +3409,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::remove_track_edit_plugin(const Ref<AnimationTrackEdit track_edit_plugins.erase(p_plugin); } -void AnimationTrackEditor::set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_anim) { +void AnimationTrackEditor::set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_anim, bool p_read_only) { if (animation != p_anim && _get_track_selected() >= 0) { track_edits[_get_track_selected()]->release_focus(); } @@ -3363,7 +3418,8 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_anim) { _clear_selection(); } animation = p_anim; - timeline->set_animation(p_anim); + read_only = p_read_only; + timeline->set_animation(p_anim, read_only); _cancel_bezier_edit(); _update_tracks(); @@ -3372,7 +3428,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_anim) { animation->connect("changed", callable_mp(this, &AnimationTrackEditor::_animation_changed)); hscroll->show(); - edit->set_disabled(false); + edit->set_disabled(read_only); step->set_block_signals(true); _update_step_spinbox(); @@ -3501,7 +3557,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::set_state(const Dictionary &p_state) { } void AnimationTrackEditor::cleanup() { - set_animation(Ref<Animation>()); + set_animation(Ref<Animation>(), read_only); } void AnimationTrackEditor::_name_limit_changed() { @@ -4378,6 +4434,27 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::_update_tracks() { return; } + bool read_only = false; + if (!animation->get_path().is_resource_file()) { + int srpos = animation->get_path().find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = animation->get_path().substr(0, srpos); + if (ResourceLoader::get_resource_type(base) == "PackedScene") { + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + read_only = true; + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(base + ".import")) { + read_only = true; + } + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(animation->get_path() + ".import")) { + read_only = true; + } + } + RBMap<String, VBoxContainer *> group_sort; bool use_grouping = !view_group->is_pressed(); @@ -4506,7 +4583,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::_update_tracks() { track_edit->set_undo_redo(undo_redo); track_edit->set_timeline(timeline); track_edit->set_root(root); - track_edit->set_animation_and_track(animation, i); + track_edit->set_animation_and_track(animation, i, read_only); track_edit->set_play_position(timeline->get_play_position()); track_edit->set_editor(this); @@ -5178,6 +5255,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::_update_key_edit() { if (selection.size() == 1) { key_edit = memnew(AnimationTrackKeyEdit); key_edit->animation = animation; + key_edit->animation_read_only = read_only; key_edit->track = selection.front()->key().track; key_edit->use_fps = timeline->is_using_fps(); @@ -5194,6 +5272,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::_update_key_edit() { } else if (selection.size() > 1) { multi_key_edit = memnew(AnimationMultiTrackKeyEdit); multi_key_edit->animation = animation; + multi_key_edit->animation_read_only = read_only; RBMap<int, List<float>> key_ofs_map; RBMap<int, NodePath> base_map; @@ -5473,7 +5552,7 @@ void AnimationTrackEditor::_cancel_bezier_edit() { void AnimationTrackEditor::_bezier_edit(int p_for_track) { _clear_selection(); // Bezier probably wants to use a separate selection mode. bezier_edit->set_root(root); - bezier_edit->set_animation_and_track(animation, p_for_track); + bezier_edit->set_animation_and_track(animation, p_for_track, read_only); scroll->hide(); bezier_edit->show(); // Search everything within the track and curve - edit it. diff --git a/editor/animation_track_editor.h b/editor/animation_track_editor.h index cb7d3c7d96..b0553c54a5 100644 --- a/editor/animation_track_editor.h +++ b/editor/animation_track_editor.h @@ -56,6 +56,8 @@ class AnimationTimelineEdit : public Range { GDCLASS(AnimationTimelineEdit, Range); Ref<Animation> animation; + bool read_only = false; + AnimationTrackEdit *track_edit = nullptr; int name_limit = 0; Range *zoom = nullptr; @@ -106,7 +108,7 @@ public: float get_zoom_scale() const; virtual Size2 get_minimum_size() const override; - void set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation); + void set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, bool p_read_only); void set_track_edit(AnimationTrackEdit *p_track_edit); void set_zoom(Range *p_zoom); Range *get_zoom() const { return zoom; } @@ -159,6 +161,7 @@ class AnimationTrackEdit : public Control { NodePath node_path; Ref<Animation> animation; + bool read_only = false; int track = 0; Rect2 check_rect; @@ -232,7 +235,7 @@ public: AnimationTrackEditor *get_editor() const { return editor; } UndoRedo *get_undo_redo() const { return undo_redo; } NodePath get_path() const; - void set_animation_and_track(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, int p_track); + void set_animation_and_track(const Ref<Animation> &p_animation, int p_track, bool p_read_only); virtual Size2 get_minimum_size() const override; void set_undo_redo(UndoRedo *p_undo_redo); @@ -290,6 +293,7 @@ class AnimationTrackEditor : public VBoxContainer { GDCLASS(AnimationTrackEditor, VBoxContainer); Ref<Animation> animation; + bool read_only = false; Node *root = nullptr; MenuButton *edit = nullptr; @@ -533,7 +537,7 @@ public: void add_track_edit_plugin(const Ref<AnimationTrackEditPlugin> &p_plugin); void remove_track_edit_plugin(const Ref<AnimationTrackEditPlugin> &p_plugin); - void set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_anim); + void set_animation(const Ref<Animation> &p_anim, bool p_read_only); Ref<Animation> get_current_animation() const; void set_root(Node *p_root); Node *get_root() const; diff --git a/editor/code_editor.cpp b/editor/code_editor.cpp index b0eb384efc..9e72c8ec10 100644 --- a/editor/code_editor.cpp +++ b/editor/code_editor.cpp @@ -1869,7 +1869,8 @@ CodeTextEditor::CodeTextEditor() { code_complete_func = nullptr; ED_SHORTCUT("script_editor/zoom_in", TTR("Zoom In"), KeyModifierMask::CMD | Key::EQUAL); ED_SHORTCUT("script_editor/zoom_out", TTR("Zoom Out"), KeyModifierMask::CMD | Key::MINUS); - ED_SHORTCUT("script_editor/reset_zoom", TTR("Reset Zoom"), KeyModifierMask::CMD | Key::KEY_0); + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("script_editor/reset_zoom", TTR("Reset Zoom"), + { int32_t(KeyModifierMask::CMD | Key::KEY_0), int32_t(KeyModifierMask::CMD | Key::KP_0) }); text_editor = memnew(CodeEdit); add_child(text_editor); diff --git a/editor/editor_inspector.cpp b/editor/editor_inspector.cpp index 2064b6f3a1..b4e36d568d 100644 --- a/editor/editor_inspector.cpp +++ b/editor/editor_inspector.cpp @@ -2662,7 +2662,7 @@ void EditorInspector::update_tree() { _parse_added_editors(main_vbox, nullptr, ped); } - StringName type_name; + StringName doc_name; // Get the lists of editors for properties. for (List<PropertyInfo>::Element *E_property = plist.front(); E_property; E_property = E_property->next()) { @@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ void EditorInspector::update_tree() { String type = p.name; String label = p.name; - type_name = p.name; + doc_name = p.name; // Set the category icon. if (!ClassDB::class_exists(type) && !ScriptServer::is_global_class(type) && p.hint_string.length() && FileAccess::exists(p.hint_string)) { @@ -2746,6 +2746,10 @@ void EditorInspector::update_tree() { if (script.is_valid()) { base_type = script->get_instance_base_type(); name = EditorNode::get_editor_data().script_class_get_name(script->get_path()); + Vector<DocData::ClassDoc> docs = script->get_documentation(); + if (!docs.is_empty()) { + doc_name = docs[0].name; + } if (name != StringName() && label != name) { label = name; } @@ -2774,17 +2778,17 @@ void EditorInspector::update_tree() { if (use_doc_hints) { // Sets the category tooltip to show documentation. - if (!class_descr_cache.has(type_name)) { + if (!class_descr_cache.has(doc_name)) { String descr; DocTools *dd = EditorHelp::get_doc_data(); - HashMap<String, DocData::ClassDoc>::Iterator E = dd->class_list.find(type_name); + HashMap<String, DocData::ClassDoc>::Iterator E = dd->class_list.find(doc_name); if (E) { descr = DTR(E->value.brief_description); } - class_descr_cache[type_name] = descr; + class_descr_cache[doc_name] = descr; } - category->set_tooltip(p.name + "::" + (class_descr_cache[type_name].is_empty() ? "" : class_descr_cache[type_name])); + category->set_tooltip(p.name + "::" + (class_descr_cache[doc_name].is_empty() ? "" : class_descr_cache[doc_name])); } // Add editors at the start of a category. @@ -3082,7 +3086,7 @@ void EditorInspector::update_tree() { // Build the doc hint, to use as tooltip. // Get the class name. - StringName classname = type_name == "" ? object->get_class_name() : type_name; + StringName classname = doc_name == "" ? object->get_class_name() : doc_name; if (!object_class.is_empty()) { classname = object_class; } diff --git a/editor/editor_log.cpp b/editor/editor_log.cpp index 38cc85bb4e..8aa099ddff 100644 --- a/editor/editor_log.cpp +++ b/editor/editor_log.cpp @@ -93,6 +93,12 @@ void EditorLog::_update_theme() { collapse_button->set_icon(get_theme_icon(SNAME("CombineLines"), SNAME("EditorIcons"))); show_search_button->set_icon(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Search"), SNAME("EditorIcons"))); search_box->set_right_icon(get_theme_icon(SNAME("Search"), SNAME("EditorIcons"))); + + theme_cache.error_color = get_theme_color(SNAME("error_color"), SNAME("Editor")); + theme_cache.error_icon = get_theme_icon(SNAME("Error"), SNAME("EditorIcons")); + theme_cache.warning_color = get_theme_color(SNAME("warning_color"), SNAME("Editor")); + theme_cache.warning_icon = get_theme_icon(SNAME("Warning"), SNAME("EditorIcons")); + theme_cache.message_color = get_theme_color(SNAME("font_color"), SNAME("Editor")) * Color(1, 1, 1, 0.6); } void EditorLog::_notification(int p_what) { @@ -264,22 +270,22 @@ void EditorLog::_add_log_line(LogMessage &p_message, bool p_replace_previous) { case MSG_TYPE_STD_RICH: { } break; case MSG_TYPE_ERROR: { - log->push_color(get_theme_color(SNAME("error_color"), SNAME("Editor"))); - Ref<Texture2D> icon = get_theme_icon(SNAME("Error"), SNAME("EditorIcons")); + log->push_color(theme_cache.error_color); + Ref<Texture2D> icon = theme_cache.error_icon; log->add_image(icon); log->add_text(" "); tool_button->set_icon(icon); } break; case MSG_TYPE_WARNING: { - log->push_color(get_theme_color(SNAME("warning_color"), SNAME("Editor"))); - Ref<Texture2D> icon = get_theme_icon(SNAME("Warning"), SNAME("EditorIcons")); + log->push_color(theme_cache.warning_color); + Ref<Texture2D> icon = theme_cache.warning_icon; log->add_image(icon); log->add_text(" "); tool_button->set_icon(icon); } break; case MSG_TYPE_EDITOR: { // Distinguish editor messages from messages printed by the project - log->push_color(get_theme_color(SNAME("font_color"), SNAME("Editor")) * Color(1, 1, 1, 0.6)); + log->push_color(theme_cache.message_color); } break; } diff --git a/editor/editor_log.h b/editor/editor_log.h index 003a148b9b..c225e6d8c5 100644 --- a/editor/editor_log.h +++ b/editor/editor_log.h @@ -67,6 +67,16 @@ private: } }; + struct { + Color error_color; + Ref<Texture2D> error_icon; + + Color warning_color; + Ref<Texture2D> warning_icon; + + Color message_color; + } theme_cache; + // Encapsulates all data and functionality regarding filters. struct LogFilter { private: diff --git a/editor/editor_themes.cpp b/editor/editor_themes.cpp index a3086a2ccf..c58d1263f3 100644 --- a/editor/editor_themes.cpp +++ b/editor/editor_themes.cpp @@ -1262,7 +1262,6 @@ Ref<Theme> create_editor_theme(const Ref<Theme> p_theme) { theme->set_stylebox("focus", "LineEdit", style_widget_focus); theme->set_stylebox("read_only", "LineEdit", style_line_edit_disabled); theme->set_icon("clear", "LineEdit", theme->get_icon(SNAME("GuiClose"), SNAME("EditorIcons"))); - theme->set_color("read_only", "LineEdit", font_disabled_color); theme->set_color("font_color", "LineEdit", font_color); theme->set_color("font_selected_color", "LineEdit", mono_color); theme->set_color("font_uneditable_color", "LineEdit", font_readonly_color); @@ -1455,7 +1454,7 @@ Ref<Theme> create_editor_theme(const Ref<Theme> p_theme) { style_tooltip->set_bg_color(dark_color_3 * Color(0.8, 0.8, 0.8, 0.9)); style_tooltip->set_border_width_all(0); theme->set_color("font_color", "TooltipLabel", font_hover_color); - theme->set_color("font_color_shadow", "TooltipLabel", Color(0, 0, 0, 0)); + theme->set_color("font_shadow_color", "TooltipLabel", Color(0, 0, 0, 0)); theme->set_stylebox("panel", "TooltipPanel", style_tooltip); // PopupPanel diff --git a/editor/plugins/animation_library_editor.cpp b/editor/plugins/animation_library_editor.cpp index cae33edecb..c36ae1c521 100644 --- a/editor/plugins/animation_library_editor.cpp +++ b/editor/plugins/animation_library_editor.cpp @@ -149,13 +149,35 @@ void AnimationLibraryEditor::_file_popup_selected(int p_id) { } switch (p_id) { case FILE_MENU_SAVE_LIBRARY: { - if (al->get_path().is_resource_file()) { + if (al->get_path().is_resource_file() && !FileAccess::exists(al->get_path() + ".import")) { EditorNode::get_singleton()->save_resource(al); break; } [[fallthrough]]; } case FILE_MENU_SAVE_AS_LIBRARY: { + // Check if we're allowed to save this + { + String al_path = al->get_path(); + if (!al_path.is_resource_file()) { + int srpos = al_path.find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = al_path.substr(0, srpos); + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + error_dialog->set_text(TTR("This animation library can't be saved because it does not belong to the edited scene. Make it unique first.")); + error_dialog->popup_centered(); + return; + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(al_path + ".import")) { + error_dialog->set_text(TTR("This animation library can't be saved because it was imported from another file. Make it unique first.")); + error_dialog->popup_centered(); + return; + } + } + } + file_dialog->set_file_mode(EditorFileDialog::FILE_MODE_SAVE_FILE); file_dialog->set_title(TTR("Save Library")); if (al->get_path().is_resource_file()) { @@ -178,6 +200,9 @@ void AnimationLibraryEditor::_file_popup_selected(int p_id) { Ref<AnimationLibrary> ald = al->duplicate(); + // TODO: should probably make all foreign animations assigned to this library + // unique too. + UndoRedo *undo_redo = EditorNode::get_singleton()->get_undo_redo(); undo_redo->create_action(vformat(TTR("Make Animation Library Unique: %s"), lib_name)); undo_redo->add_do_method(player, "remove_animation_library", lib_name); @@ -188,19 +213,43 @@ void AnimationLibraryEditor::_file_popup_selected(int p_id) { undo_redo->add_undo_method(this, "_update_editor", player); undo_redo->commit_action(); + update_tree(); + } break; case FILE_MENU_EDIT_LIBRARY: { EditorNode::get_singleton()->push_item(al.ptr()); } break; case FILE_MENU_SAVE_ANIMATION: { - if (anim->get_path().is_resource_file()) { + if (anim->get_path().is_resource_file() && !FileAccess::exists(anim->get_path() + ".import")) { EditorNode::get_singleton()->save_resource(anim); break; } [[fallthrough]]; } case FILE_MENU_SAVE_AS_ANIMATION: { + // Check if we're allowed to save this + { + String anim_path = al->get_path(); + if (!anim_path.is_resource_file()) { + int srpos = anim_path.find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = anim_path.substr(0, srpos); + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + error_dialog->set_text(TTR("This animation can't be saved because it does not belong to the edited scene. Make it unique first.")); + error_dialog->popup_centered(); + return; + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(anim_path + ".import")) { + error_dialog->set_text(TTR("This animation can't be saved because it was imported from another file. Make it unique first.")); + error_dialog->popup_centered(); + return; + } + } + } + file_dialog->set_file_mode(EditorFileDialog::FILE_MODE_SAVE_FILE); file_dialog->set_title(TTR("Save Animation")); if (anim->get_path().is_resource_file()) { @@ -232,6 +281,8 @@ void AnimationLibraryEditor::_file_popup_selected(int p_id) { undo_redo->add_do_method(this, "_update_editor", player); undo_redo->add_undo_method(this, "_update_editor", player); undo_redo->commit_action(); + + update_tree(); } break; case FILE_MENU_EDIT_ANIMATION: { EditorNode::get_singleton()->push_item(anim.ptr()); @@ -577,19 +628,45 @@ void AnimationLibraryEditor::update_tree() { } else { libitem->set_suffix(0, ""); } - libitem->set_editable(0, true); - libitem->set_metadata(0, K); - libitem->set_icon(0, get_theme_icon("AnimationLibrary", "EditorIcons")); - libitem->add_button(0, get_theme_icon("Add", "EditorIcons"), LIB_BUTTON_ADD, false, TTR("Add Animation to Library")); - libitem->add_button(0, get_theme_icon("Load", "EditorIcons"), LIB_BUTTON_LOAD, false, TTR("Load animation from file and add to library")); - libitem->add_button(0, get_theme_icon("ActionPaste", "EditorIcons"), LIB_BUTTON_PASTE, false, TTR("Paste Animation to Library from clipboard")); + Ref<AnimationLibrary> al = player->call("get_animation_library", K); - if (al->get_path().is_resource_file()) { - libitem->set_text(1, al->get_path().get_file()); - libitem->set_tooltip(1, al->get_path()); - } else { + bool animation_library_is_foreign = false; + String al_path = al->get_path(); + if (!al_path.is_resource_file()) { libitem->set_text(1, TTR("[built-in]")); + libitem->set_tooltip(1, al_path); + int srpos = al_path.find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = al_path.substr(0, srpos); + if (ResourceLoader::get_resource_type(base) == "PackedScene") { + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + libitem->set_text(1, TTR("[foreign]")); + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(base + ".import")) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + libitem->set_text(1, TTR("[imported]")); + } + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(al_path + ".import")) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + libitem->set_text(1, TTR("[imported]")); + } else { + libitem->set_text(1, al_path.get_file()); + } } + + libitem->set_editable(0, !animation_library_is_foreign); + libitem->set_metadata(0, K); + libitem->set_icon(0, get_theme_icon("AnimationLibrary", "EditorIcons")); + + libitem->add_button(0, get_theme_icon("Add", "EditorIcons"), LIB_BUTTON_ADD, animation_library_is_foreign, TTR("Add Animation to Library")); + libitem->add_button(0, get_theme_icon("Load", "EditorIcons"), LIB_BUTTON_LOAD, animation_library_is_foreign, TTR("Load animation from file and add to library")); + libitem->add_button(0, get_theme_icon("ActionPaste", "EditorIcons"), LIB_BUTTON_PASTE, animation_library_is_foreign, TTR("Paste Animation to Library from clipboard")); + libitem->add_button(1, get_theme_icon("Save", "EditorIcons"), LIB_BUTTON_FILE, false, TTR("Save animation library to resource on disk")); libitem->add_button(1, get_theme_icon("Remove", "EditorIcons"), LIB_BUTTON_DELETE, false, TTR("Remove animation library")); @@ -600,20 +677,38 @@ void AnimationLibraryEditor::update_tree() { for (const StringName &L : animations) { TreeItem *anitem = tree->create_item(libitem); anitem->set_text(0, L); - anitem->set_editable(0, true); + anitem->set_editable(0, !animation_library_is_foreign); anitem->set_metadata(0, L); anitem->set_icon(0, get_theme_icon("Animation", "EditorIcons")); - anitem->add_button(0, get_theme_icon("ActionCopy", "EditorIcons"), ANIM_BUTTON_COPY, false, TTR("Copy animation to clipboard")); - Ref<Animation> anim = al->get_animation(L); + anitem->add_button(0, get_theme_icon("ActionCopy", "EditorIcons"), ANIM_BUTTON_COPY, animation_library_is_foreign, TTR("Copy animation to clipboard")); - if (anim->get_path().is_resource_file()) { - anitem->set_text(1, anim->get_path().get_file()); - anitem->set_tooltip(1, anim->get_path()); - } else { + Ref<Animation> anim = al->get_animation(L); + String anim_path = anim->get_path(); + if (!anim_path.is_resource_file()) { anitem->set_text(1, TTR("[built-in]")); + anitem->set_tooltip(1, anim_path); + int srpos = anim_path.find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = anim_path.substr(0, srpos); + if (ResourceLoader::get_resource_type(base) == "PackedScene") { + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + anitem->set_text(1, TTR("[foreign]")); + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(base + ".import")) { + anitem->set_text(1, TTR("[imported]")); + } + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(anim_path + ".import")) { + anitem->set_text(1, TTR("[imported]")); + } else { + anitem->set_text(1, anim_path.get_file()); + } } - anitem->add_button(1, get_theme_icon("Save", "EditorIcons"), ANIM_BUTTON_FILE, false, TTR("Save animation to resource on disk")); - anitem->add_button(1, get_theme_icon("Remove", "EditorIcons"), ANIM_BUTTON_DELETE, false, TTR("Remove animation from Library")); + anitem->add_button(1, get_theme_icon("Save", "EditorIcons"), ANIM_BUTTON_FILE, animation_library_is_foreign, TTR("Save animation to resource on disk")); + anitem->add_button(1, get_theme_icon("Remove", "EditorIcons"), ANIM_BUTTON_DELETE, animation_library_is_foreign, TTR("Remove animation from Library")); } } } diff --git a/editor/plugins/animation_player_editor_plugin.cpp b/editor/plugins/animation_player_editor_plugin.cpp index ebd7525bb8..516079673d 100644 --- a/editor/plugins/animation_player_editor_plugin.cpp +++ b/editor/plugins/animation_player_editor_plugin.cpp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ void AnimationPlayerEditor::_node_removed(Node *p_node) { set_process(false); - track_editor->set_animation(Ref<Animation>()); + track_editor->set_animation(Ref<Animation>(), true); track_editor->set_root(nullptr); track_editor->show_select_node_warning(true); _update_player(); @@ -283,7 +283,28 @@ void AnimationPlayerEditor::_animation_selected(int p_which) { Ref<Animation> anim = player->get_animation(current); { - track_editor->set_animation(anim); + bool animation_library_is_foreign = false; + if (!anim->get_path().is_resource_file()) { + int srpos = anim->get_path().find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = anim->get_path().substr(0, srpos); + if (ResourceLoader::get_resource_type(base) == "PackedScene") { + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(base + ".import")) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(anim->get_path() + ".import")) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } + + track_editor->set_animation(anim, animation_library_is_foreign); Node *root = player->get_node(player->get_root()); if (root) { track_editor->set_root(root); @@ -292,7 +313,7 @@ void AnimationPlayerEditor::_animation_selected(int p_which) { frame->set_max((double)anim->get_length()); } else { - track_editor->set_animation(Ref<Animation>()); + track_editor->set_animation(Ref<Animation>(), true); track_editor->set_root(nullptr); } @@ -751,14 +772,36 @@ void AnimationPlayerEditor::_animation_edit() { String current = _get_current(); if (current != String()) { Ref<Animation> anim = player->get_animation(current); - track_editor->set_animation(anim); + + bool animation_library_is_foreign = false; + if (!anim->get_path().is_resource_file()) { + int srpos = anim->get_path().find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = anim->get_path().substr(0, srpos); + if (ResourceLoader::get_resource_type(base) == "PackedScene") { + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(base + ".import")) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(anim->get_path() + ".import")) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } + + track_editor->set_animation(anim, animation_library_is_foreign); Node *root = player->get_node(player->get_root()); if (root) { track_editor->set_root(root); } } else { - track_editor->set_animation(Ref<Animation>()); + track_editor->set_animation(Ref<Animation>(), true); track_editor->set_root(nullptr); } } @@ -812,13 +855,37 @@ void AnimationPlayerEditor::_update_player() { int active_idx = -1; bool no_anims_found = true; + bool foreign_global_anim_lib = false; for (const StringName &K : libraries) { if (K != StringName()) { animation->add_separator(K); } + // Check if the global library is foreign since we want to disable options for adding/remove/renaming animations if it is. Ref<AnimationLibrary> library = player->get_animation_library(K); + if (K == "") { + if (!library->get_path().is_resource_file()) { + int srpos = library->get_path().find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = library->get_path().substr(0, srpos); + if (ResourceLoader::get_resource_type(base) == "PackedScene") { + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + foreign_global_anim_lib = true; + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(base + ".import")) { + foreign_global_anim_lib = true; + } + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(library->get_path() + ".import")) { + foreign_global_anim_lib = true; + } + } + } + List<StringName> animlist; library->get_animation_list(&animlist); @@ -835,7 +902,13 @@ void AnimationPlayerEditor::_update_player() { no_anims_found = false; } } -#define ITEM_CHECK_DISABLED(m_item) tool_anim->get_popup()->set_item_disabled(tool_anim->get_popup()->get_item_index(m_item), no_anims_found) +#define ITEM_CHECK_DISABLED(m_item) tool_anim->get_popup()->set_item_disabled(tool_anim->get_popup()->get_item_index(m_item), foreign_global_anim_lib) + + ITEM_CHECK_DISABLED(TOOL_NEW_ANIM); + +#undef ITEM_CHECK_DISABLED + +#define ITEM_CHECK_DISABLED(m_item) tool_anim->get_popup()->set_item_disabled(tool_anim->get_popup()->get_item_index(m_item), no_anims_found || foreign_global_anim_lib) ITEM_CHECK_DISABLED(TOOL_DUPLICATE_ANIM); ITEM_CHECK_DISABLED(TOOL_RENAME_ANIM); @@ -877,7 +950,29 @@ void AnimationPlayerEditor::_update_player() { if (!no_anims_found) { String current = animation->get_item_text(animation->get_selected()); Ref<Animation> anim = player->get_animation(current); - track_editor->set_animation(anim); + + bool animation_library_is_foreign = false; + if (!anim->get_path().is_resource_file()) { + int srpos = anim->get_path().find("::"); + if (srpos != -1) { + String base = anim->get_path().substr(0, srpos); + if (ResourceLoader::get_resource_type(base) == "PackedScene") { + if (!get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root() || get_tree()->get_edited_scene_root()->get_scene_file_path() != base) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(base + ".import")) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } + } + } else { + if (FileAccess::exists(anim->get_path() + ".import")) { + animation_library_is_foreign = true; + } + } + + track_editor->set_animation(anim, animation_library_is_foreign); Node *root = player->get_node(player->get_root()); if (root) { track_editor->set_root(root); diff --git a/editor/plugins/canvas_item_editor_plugin.cpp b/editor/plugins/canvas_item_editor_plugin.cpp index ac85eb5e1b..fc70ace331 100644 --- a/editor/plugins/canvas_item_editor_plugin.cpp +++ b/editor/plugins/canvas_item_editor_plugin.cpp @@ -5020,17 +5020,36 @@ CanvasItemEditor::CanvasItemEditor() { controls_vb->set_begin(Point2(5, 5)); // To ensure that scripts can parse the list of shortcuts correctly, we have to define - // those shortcuts one by one. Define shortcut before using it (by EditorZoomWidget) - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_3.125_percent", TTR("Zoom to 3.125%"), KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_5); - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_6.25_percent", TTR("Zoom to 6.25%"), KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_4); - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_12.5_percent", TTR("Zoom to 12.5%"), KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_3); - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_25_percent", TTR("Zoom to 25%"), KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_2); - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_50_percent", TTR("Zoom to 50%"), KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_1); - ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_100_percent", TTR("Zoom to 100%"), { (int32_t)Key::KEY_1, (int32_t)(KeyModifierMask::CMD | Key::KEY_0) }); - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_200_percent", TTR("Zoom to 200%"), Key::KEY_2); - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_400_percent", TTR("Zoom to 400%"), Key::KEY_3); - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_800_percent", TTR("Zoom to 800%"), Key::KEY_4); - ED_SHORTCUT("canvas_item_editor/zoom_1600_percent", TTR("Zoom to 1600%"), Key::KEY_5); + // those shortcuts one by one. Define shortcut before using it (by EditorZoomWidget). + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_3.125_percent", TTR("Zoom to 3.125%"), + { int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_5), int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KP_5) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_6.25_percent", TTR("Zoom to 6.25%"), + { int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_4), int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KP_4) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_12.5_percent", TTR("Zoom to 12.5%"), + { int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_3), int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KP_3) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_25_percent", TTR("Zoom to 25%"), + { int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_2), int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KP_2) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_50_percent", TTR("Zoom to 50%"), + { int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KEY_1), int32_t(KeyModifierMask::SHIFT | Key::KP_1) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_100_percent", TTR("Zoom to 100%"), + { int32_t(Key::KEY_1), int32_t(KeyModifierMask::CMD | Key::KEY_0), int32_t(Key::KP_1), int32_t(KeyModifierMask::CMD | Key::KP_0) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_200_percent", TTR("Zoom to 200%"), + { int32_t(Key::KEY_2), int32_t(Key::KP_2) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_400_percent", TTR("Zoom to 400%"), + { int32_t(Key::KEY_3), int32_t(Key::KP_3) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_800_percent", TTR("Zoom to 800%"), + { int32_t(Key::KEY_4), int32_t(Key::KP_4) }); + + ED_SHORTCUT_ARRAY("canvas_item_editor/zoom_1600_percent", TTR("Zoom to 1600%"), + { int32_t(Key::KEY_5), int32_t(Key::KP_5) }); zoom_widget = memnew(EditorZoomWidget); controls_vb->add_child(zoom_widget); diff --git a/editor/plugins/shader_editor_plugin.cpp b/editor/plugins/shader_editor_plugin.cpp index e700412188..74ce5ef128 100644 --- a/editor/plugins/shader_editor_plugin.cpp +++ b/editor/plugins/shader_editor_plugin.cpp @@ -134,6 +134,7 @@ void ShaderTextEditor::set_edited_code(const String &p_code) { get_text_editor()->clear_undo_history(); get_text_editor()->call_deferred(SNAME("set_h_scroll"), 0); get_text_editor()->call_deferred(SNAME("set_v_scroll"), 0); + get_text_editor()->tag_saved_version(); _validate_script(); _line_col_changed(); @@ -843,6 +844,7 @@ void ShaderEditor::save_external_data(const String &p_str) { if (shader_inc.is_valid() && shader_inc != edited_shader_inc) { ResourceSaver::save(shader_inc); } + shader_editor->get_text_editor()->tag_saved_version(); disk_changed->hide(); } @@ -851,6 +853,10 @@ void ShaderEditor::validate_script() { shader_editor->_validate_script(); } +bool ShaderEditor::is_unsaved() const { + return shader_editor->get_text_editor()->get_saved_version() != shader_editor->get_text_editor()->get_version(); +} + void ShaderEditor::apply_shaders() { String editor_code = shader_editor->get_text_editor()->get_text(); if (shader.is_valid()) { @@ -1127,36 +1133,34 @@ ShaderEditor::ShaderEditor() { void ShaderEditorPlugin::_update_shader_list() { shader_list->clear(); for (uint32_t i = 0; i < edited_shaders.size(); i++) { - String text; - String path; - String _class; - String shader_name; - if (edited_shaders[i].shader.is_valid()) { - Ref<Shader> shader = edited_shaders[i].shader; - - path = shader->get_path(); - _class = shader->get_class(); - shader_name = shader->get_name(); - } else { - Ref<ShaderInclude> shader_inc = edited_shaders[i].shader_inc; - - path = shader_inc->get_path(); - _class = shader_inc->get_class(); - shader_name = shader_inc->get_name(); + Ref<Resource> shader = edited_shaders[i].shader; + if (shader.is_null()) { + shader = edited_shaders[i].shader_inc; } - if (path.is_resource_file()) { - text = path.get_file(); - } else if (shader_name != "") { - text = shader_name; - } else { - if (edited_shaders[i].shader.is_valid()) { - text = _class + ":" + itos(edited_shaders[i].shader->get_instance_id()); - } else { - text = _class + ":" + itos(edited_shaders[i].shader_inc->get_instance_id()); + String path = shader->get_path(); + String text = path.get_file(); + if (text.is_empty()) { + // This appears for newly created built-in shaders before saving the scene. + text = TTR("[unsaved]"); + } else if (shader->is_built_in()) { + const String &shader_name = shader->get_name(); + if (!shader_name.is_empty()) { + text = vformat("%s (%s)", shader_name, text.get_slice("::", 0)); } } + bool unsaved = false; + if (edited_shaders[i].shader_editor) { + unsaved = edited_shaders[i].shader_editor->is_unsaved(); + } + // TODO: Handle visual shaders too. + + if (unsaved) { + text += "(*)"; + } + + String _class = shader->get_class(); if (!shader_list->has_theme_icon(_class, SNAME("EditorIcons"))) { _class = "TextFile"; } @@ -1206,7 +1210,7 @@ void ShaderEditorPlugin::edit(Object *p_object) { es.shader_editor = memnew(ShaderEditor); es.shader_editor->edit(si); shader_tabs->add_child(es.shader_editor); - es.shader_editor->connect("validation_changed", callable_mp(this, &ShaderEditorPlugin::_update_shader_list_status)); + es.shader_editor->connect("validation_changed", callable_mp(this, &ShaderEditorPlugin::_update_shader_list)); } else { Shader *s = Object::cast_to<Shader>(p_object); for (uint32_t i = 0; i < edited_shaders.size(); i++) { @@ -1226,7 +1230,7 @@ void ShaderEditorPlugin::edit(Object *p_object) { es.shader_editor = memnew(ShaderEditor); shader_tabs->add_child(es.shader_editor); es.shader_editor->edit(s); - es.shader_editor->connect("validation_changed", callable_mp(this, &ShaderEditorPlugin::_update_shader_list_status)); + es.shader_editor->connect("validation_changed", callable_mp(this, &ShaderEditorPlugin::_update_shader_list)); } } @@ -1272,6 +1276,7 @@ void ShaderEditorPlugin::save_external_data() { edited_shaders[i].shader_editor->save_external_data(); } } + _update_shader_list(); } void ShaderEditorPlugin::apply_changes() { @@ -1289,6 +1294,12 @@ void ShaderEditorPlugin::_shader_selected(int p_index) { shader_tabs->set_current_tab(p_index); } +void ShaderEditorPlugin::_shader_list_clicked(int p_item, Vector2 p_local_mouse_pos, MouseButton p_mouse_button_index) { + if (p_mouse_button_index == MouseButton::MIDDLE) { + _close_shader(p_item); + } +} + void ShaderEditorPlugin::_close_shader(int p_index) { int index = shader_tabs->get_current_tab(); ERR_FAIL_INDEX(index, shader_tabs->get_tab_count()); @@ -1408,6 +1419,7 @@ ShaderEditorPlugin::ShaderEditorPlugin() { shader_list->set_v_size_flags(Control::SIZE_EXPAND_FILL); vb->add_child(shader_list); shader_list->connect("item_selected", callable_mp(this, &ShaderEditorPlugin::_shader_selected)); + shader_list->connect("item_clicked", callable_mp(this, &ShaderEditorPlugin::_shader_list_clicked)); main_split->add_child(vb); vb->set_custom_minimum_size(Size2(200, 300) * EDSCALE); diff --git a/editor/plugins/shader_editor_plugin.h b/editor/plugins/shader_editor_plugin.h index 907de6ea87..9a59e86192 100644 --- a/editor/plugins/shader_editor_plugin.h +++ b/editor/plugins/shader_editor_plugin.h @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ public: void goto_line_selection(int p_line, int p_begin, int p_end); void save_external_data(const String &p_str = ""); void validate_script(); + bool is_unsaved() const; virtual Size2 get_minimum_size() const override { return Size2(0, 200); } @@ -226,6 +227,7 @@ class ShaderEditorPlugin : public EditorPlugin { void _update_shader_list(); void _shader_selected(int p_index); + void _shader_list_clicked(int p_item, Vector2 p_local_mouse_pos, MouseButton p_mouse_button_index); void _menu_item_pressed(int p_index); void _resource_saved(Object *obj); void _close_shader(int p_index); @@ -235,8 +237,6 @@ class ShaderEditorPlugin : public EditorPlugin { void _update_shader_list_status(); public: - virtual String get_name() const override { return "Shader"; } - bool has_main_screen() const override { return false; } virtual void edit(Object *p_object) override; virtual bool handles(Object *p_object) const override; virtual void make_visible(bool p_visible) override; diff --git a/editor/plugins/texture_editor_plugin.cpp b/editor/plugins/texture_editor_plugin.cpp index f6b02d5f80..be382759f5 100644 --- a/editor/plugins/texture_editor_plugin.cpp +++ b/editor/plugins/texture_editor_plugin.cpp @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ TexturePreview::TexturePreview(Ref<Texture2D> p_texture, bool p_show_metadata) { // It's okay that these colors are static since the grid color is static too. metadata_label->add_theme_color_override("font_color", Color::named("white")); - metadata_label->add_theme_color_override("font_color_shadow", Color::named("black")); + metadata_label->add_theme_color_override("font_shadow_color", Color::named("black")); metadata_label->add_theme_font_size_override("font_size", 14 * EDSCALE); metadata_label->add_theme_color_override("font_outline_color", Color::named("black")); diff --git a/modules/gdscript/gdscript.cpp b/modules/gdscript/gdscript.cpp index dc6bfbb034..8a5e93eeff 100644 --- a/modules/gdscript/gdscript.cpp +++ b/modules/gdscript/gdscript.cpp @@ -290,7 +290,9 @@ void GDScript::_get_script_method_list(List<MethodInfo> *r_list, bool p_include_ #endif mi.arguments.push_back(arginfo); } - +#ifdef TOOLS_ENABLED + mi.default_arguments.append_array(func->get_default_arg_values()); +#endif mi.return_val = func->get_return_type(); r_list->push_back(mi); } diff --git a/modules/gdscript/gdscript_editor.cpp b/modules/gdscript/gdscript_editor.cpp index 2613e1c626..c18412bc63 100644 --- a/modules/gdscript/gdscript_editor.cpp +++ b/modules/gdscript/gdscript_editor.cpp @@ -660,7 +660,13 @@ static String _make_arguments_hint(const MethodInfo &p_info, int p_arg_idx, bool } static String _make_arguments_hint(const GDScriptParser::FunctionNode *p_function, int p_arg_idx) { - String arghint = p_function->get_datatype().to_string() + " " + p_function->identifier->name.operator String() + "("; + String arghint; + + if (p_function->get_datatype().builtin_type == Variant::NIL) { + arghint = "void " + p_function->identifier->name.operator String() + "("; + } else { + arghint = p_function->get_datatype().to_string() + " " + p_function->identifier->name.operator String() + "("; + } for (int i = 0; i < p_function->parameters.size(); i++) { if (i > 0) { @@ -671,7 +677,11 @@ static String _make_arguments_hint(const GDScriptParser::FunctionNode *p_functio arghint += String::chr(0xFFFF); } const GDScriptParser::ParameterNode *par = p_function->parameters[i]; - arghint += par->identifier->name.operator String() + ": " + par->get_datatype().to_string(); + if (!par->get_datatype().is_hard_type()) { + arghint += par->identifier->name.operator String() + ": Variant"; + } else { + arghint += par->identifier->name.operator String() + ": " + par->get_datatype().to_string(); + } if (par->default_value) { String def_val = "<unknown>"; diff --git a/modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFState.xml b/modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFState.xml index a168e6108f..adf51ab59e 100644 --- a/modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFState.xml +++ b/modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFState.xml @@ -196,6 +196,8 @@ </member> <member name="buffers" type="Array" setter="set_buffers" getter="get_buffers" default="[]"> </member> + <member name="create_animations" type="bool" setter="set_create_animations" getter="get_create_animations" default="true"> + </member> <member name="glb_data" type="PackedByteArray" setter="set_glb_data" getter="get_glb_data" default="PackedByteArray()"> </member> <member name="json" type="Dictionary" setter="set_json" getter="get_json" default="{}"> diff --git a/modules/gltf/editor/editor_scene_importer_gltf.cpp b/modules/gltf/editor/editor_scene_importer_gltf.cpp index 3fadec5167..161808aade 100644 --- a/modules/gltf/editor/editor_scene_importer_gltf.cpp +++ b/modules/gltf/editor/editor_scene_importer_gltf.cpp @@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ Node *EditorSceneFormatImporterGLTF::import_scene(const String &p_path, uint32_t } return nullptr; } + if (p_options.has("animation/import")) { + state->set_create_animations(bool(p_options["animation/import"])); + } return doc->generate_scene(state, p_bake_fps); } diff --git a/modules/gltf/gltf_document.cpp b/modules/gltf/gltf_document.cpp index 7e90f198f6..d102970932 100644 --- a/modules/gltf/gltf_document.cpp +++ b/modules/gltf/gltf_document.cpp @@ -6899,7 +6899,7 @@ Node *GLTFDocument::generate_scene(Ref<GLTFState> state, int32_t p_bake_fps) { Node *root = gltf_root_node->get_parent(); ERR_FAIL_NULL_V(root, nullptr); _process_mesh_instances(state, root); - if (state->animations.size()) { + if (state->get_create_animations() && state->animations.size()) { AnimationPlayer *ap = memnew(AnimationPlayer); root->add_child(ap, true); ap->set_owner(root); diff --git a/modules/gltf/gltf_state.cpp b/modules/gltf/gltf_state.cpp index a5f7bcf9d6..8212e4c22f 100644 --- a/modules/gltf/gltf_state.cpp +++ b/modules/gltf/gltf_state.cpp @@ -79,6 +79,8 @@ void GLTFState::_bind_methods() { ClassDB::bind_method(D_METHOD("set_skeletons", "skeletons"), &GLTFState::set_skeletons); ClassDB::bind_method(D_METHOD("get_skeleton_to_node"), &GLTFState::get_skeleton_to_node); ClassDB::bind_method(D_METHOD("set_skeleton_to_node", "skeleton_to_node"), &GLTFState::set_skeleton_to_node); + ClassDB::bind_method(D_METHOD("get_create_animations"), &GLTFState::get_create_animations); + ClassDB::bind_method(D_METHOD("set_create_animations", "create_animations"), &GLTFState::set_create_animations); ClassDB::bind_method(D_METHOD("get_animations"), &GLTFState::get_animations); ClassDB::bind_method(D_METHOD("set_animations", "animations"), &GLTFState::set_animations); ClassDB::bind_method(D_METHOD("get_scene_node", "idx"), &GLTFState::get_scene_node); @@ -106,6 +108,7 @@ void GLTFState::_bind_methods() { ADD_PROPERTY(PropertyInfo(Variant::ARRAY, "unique_animation_names", PROPERTY_HINT_NONE, "", PROPERTY_USAGE_STORAGE | PROPERTY_USAGE_INTERNAL | PROPERTY_USAGE_EDITOR), "set_unique_animation_names", "get_unique_animation_names"); // Set<String> ADD_PROPERTY(PropertyInfo(Variant::ARRAY, "skeletons", PROPERTY_HINT_NONE, "", PROPERTY_USAGE_STORAGE | PROPERTY_USAGE_INTERNAL | PROPERTY_USAGE_EDITOR), "set_skeletons", "get_skeletons"); // Vector<Ref<GLTFSkeleton>> ADD_PROPERTY(PropertyInfo(Variant::DICTIONARY, "skeleton_to_node", PROPERTY_HINT_NONE, "", PROPERTY_USAGE_STORAGE | PROPERTY_USAGE_INTERNAL | PROPERTY_USAGE_EDITOR), "set_skeleton_to_node", "get_skeleton_to_node"); // RBMap<GLTFSkeletonIndex, + ADD_PROPERTY(PropertyInfo(Variant::BOOL, "create_animations"), "set_create_animations", "get_create_animations"); // bool ADD_PROPERTY(PropertyInfo(Variant::ARRAY, "animations", PROPERTY_HINT_NONE, "", PROPERTY_USAGE_STORAGE | PROPERTY_USAGE_INTERNAL | PROPERTY_USAGE_EDITOR), "set_animations", "get_animations"); // Vector<Ref<GLTFAnimation>> } @@ -285,6 +288,14 @@ void GLTFState::set_skeleton_to_node(Dictionary p_skeleton_to_node) { GLTFTemplateConvert::set_from_dict(skeleton_to_node, p_skeleton_to_node); } +bool GLTFState::get_create_animations() { + return create_animations; +} + +void GLTFState::set_create_animations(bool p_create_animations) { + create_animations = p_create_animations; +} + Array GLTFState::get_animations() { return GLTFTemplateConvert::to_array(animations); } diff --git a/modules/gltf/gltf_state.h b/modules/gltf/gltf_state.h index d2a4948f06..c08132f874 100644 --- a/modules/gltf/gltf_state.h +++ b/modules/gltf/gltf_state.h @@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ class GLTFState : public Resource { bool use_named_skin_binds = false; bool use_khr_texture_transform = false; bool discard_meshes_and_materials = false; + bool create_animations = true; Vector<Ref<GLTFNode>> nodes; Vector<Vector<uint8_t>> buffers; @@ -168,6 +169,9 @@ public: Dictionary get_skeleton_to_node(); void set_skeleton_to_node(Dictionary p_skeleton_to_node); + bool get_create_animations(); + void set_create_animations(bool p_create_animations); + Array get_animations(); void set_animations(Array p_animations); diff --git a/platform/ios/platform_config.h b/platform/ios/platform_config.h index fed77d8932..3af08b0d65 100644 --- a/platform/ios/platform_config.h +++ b/platform/ios/platform_config.h @@ -32,8 +32,6 @@ #define OPENGL_INCLUDE_H <ES3/gl.h> -#define PLATFORM_REFCOUNT - #define PTHREAD_RENAME_SELF #define _weakify(var) __weak typeof(var) GDWeak_##var = var; diff --git a/scene/3d/navigation_region_3d.cpp b/scene/3d/navigation_region_3d.cpp index 1edeff034d..29ad1ba93d 100644 --- a/scene/3d/navigation_region_3d.cpp +++ b/scene/3d/navigation_region_3d.cpp @@ -363,6 +363,12 @@ NavigationRegion3D::~NavigationRegion3D() { #ifdef DEBUG_ENABLED void NavigationRegion3D::_update_debug_mesh() { + if (Engine::get_singleton()->is_editor_hint()) { + // don't update inside Editor as node 3d gizmo takes care of this + // as collisions and selections for Editor Viewport need to be updated + return; + } + if (!NavigationServer3D::get_singleton()->get_debug_enabled()) { if (debug_instance.is_valid()) { RS::get_singleton()->instance_set_visible(debug_instance, false); diff --git a/scene/3d/voxelizer.cpp b/scene/3d/voxelizer.cpp index 42a2a68e2d..9380d1cf32 100644 --- a/scene/3d/voxelizer.cpp +++ b/scene/3d/voxelizer.cpp @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ Vector<Color> Voxelizer::_get_bake_texture(Ref<Image> p_image, const Color &p_co } Voxelizer::MaterialCache Voxelizer::_get_material_cache(Ref<Material> p_material) { - //this way of obtaining materials is inaccurate and also does not support some compressed formats very well - Ref<StandardMaterial3D> mat = p_material; + // This way of obtaining materials is inaccurate and also does not support some compressed formats very well. + Ref<BaseMaterial3D> mat = p_material; Ref<Material> material = mat; //hack for now @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Voxelizer::MaterialCache Voxelizer::_get_material_cache(Ref<Material> p_material MaterialCache mc; if (mat.is_valid()) { - Ref<Texture2D> albedo_tex = mat->get_texture(StandardMaterial3D::TEXTURE_ALBEDO); + Ref<Texture2D> albedo_tex = mat->get_texture(BaseMaterial3D::TEXTURE_ALBEDO); Ref<Image> img_albedo; if (albedo_tex.is_valid()) { @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Voxelizer::MaterialCache Voxelizer::_get_material_cache(Ref<Material> p_material mc.albedo = _get_bake_texture(img_albedo, Color(1, 1, 1), mat->get_albedo()); // no albedo texture, color is additive } - Ref<Texture2D> emission_tex = mat->get_texture(StandardMaterial3D::TEXTURE_EMISSION); + Ref<Texture2D> emission_tex = mat->get_texture(BaseMaterial3D::TEXTURE_EMISSION); Color emission_col = mat->get_emission(); float emission_energy = mat->get_emission_energy(); @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Voxelizer::MaterialCache Voxelizer::_get_material_cache(Ref<Material> p_material img_emission = emission_tex->get_image(); } - if (mat->get_emission_operator() == StandardMaterial3D::EMISSION_OP_ADD) { + if (mat->get_emission_operator() == BaseMaterial3D::EMISSION_OP_ADD) { mc.emission = _get_bake_texture(img_emission, Color(1, 1, 1) * emission_energy, emission_col * emission_energy); } else { mc.emission = _get_bake_texture(img_emission, emission_col * emission_energy, Color(0, 0, 0)); diff --git a/scene/gui/line_edit.h b/scene/gui/line_edit.h index a828479b0c..4d5ebf441c 100644 --- a/scene/gui/line_edit.h +++ b/scene/gui/line_edit.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ private: String text; String placeholder; String placeholder_translated; - String secret_character = "*"; + String secret_character = U"•"; String ime_text; Point2 ime_selection; diff --git a/scene/gui/option_button.cpp b/scene/gui/option_button.cpp index c6d011d4ef..b26410e318 100644 --- a/scene/gui/option_button.cpp +++ b/scene/gui/option_button.cpp @@ -74,6 +74,9 @@ void OptionButton::_notification(int p_what) { case DRAW_HOVER: clr = get_theme_color(SNAME("font_hover_color")); break; + case DRAW_HOVER_PRESSED: + clr = get_theme_color(SNAME("font_hover_pressed_color")); + break; case DRAW_DISABLED: clr = get_theme_color(SNAME("font_disabled_color")); break; diff --git a/scene/gui/popup_menu.cpp b/scene/gui/popup_menu.cpp index 928bab8842..cd0d437051 100644 --- a/scene/gui/popup_menu.cpp +++ b/scene/gui/popup_menu.cpp @@ -513,9 +513,9 @@ void PopupMenu::_draw_items() { bool rtl = control->is_layout_rtl(); Ref<StyleBox> style = get_theme_stylebox(SNAME("panel")); Ref<StyleBox> hover = get_theme_stylebox(SNAME("hover")); - // In Item::checkable_type enum order (less the non-checkable member). - Ref<Texture2D> check[] = { get_theme_icon(SNAME("checked")), get_theme_icon(SNAME("radio_checked")) }; - Ref<Texture2D> uncheck[] = { get_theme_icon(SNAME("unchecked")), get_theme_icon(SNAME("radio_unchecked")) }; + // In Item::checkable_type enum order (less the non-checkable member), with disabled repeated at the end. + Ref<Texture2D> check[] = { get_theme_icon(SNAME("checked")), get_theme_icon(SNAME("radio_checked")), get_theme_icon(SNAME("checked_disabled")), get_theme_icon(SNAME("radio_checked_disabled")) }; + Ref<Texture2D> uncheck[] = { get_theme_icon(SNAME("unchecked")), get_theme_icon(SNAME("radio_unchecked")), get_theme_icon(SNAME("unchecked_disabled")), get_theme_icon(SNAME("radio_unchecked_disabled")) }; Ref<Texture2D> submenu; if (rtl) { submenu = get_theme_icon(SNAME("submenu_mirrored")); @@ -558,7 +558,11 @@ void PopupMenu::_draw_items() { float check_ofs = 0.0; if (has_check) { - check_ofs = MAX(get_theme_icon(SNAME("checked"))->get_width(), get_theme_icon(SNAME("radio_checked"))->get_width()) + hseparation; + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { + check_ofs = MAX(check_ofs, check[i]->get_width()); + check_ofs = MAX(check_ofs, uncheck[i]->get_width()); + } + check_ofs += hseparation; } Point2 ofs = Point2(); @@ -620,7 +624,8 @@ void PopupMenu::_draw_items() { // Checkboxes if (items[i].checkable_type && !items[i].separator) { - Texture2D *icon = (items[i].checked ? check[items[i].checkable_type - 1] : uncheck[items[i].checkable_type - 1]).ptr(); + int disabled = int(items[i].disabled) * 2; + Texture2D *icon = (items[i].checked ? check[items[i].checkable_type - 1 + disabled] : uncheck[items[i].checkable_type - 1 + disabled]).ptr(); if (rtl) { icon->draw(ci, Size2(control->get_size().width - item_ofs.x - icon->get_width(), item_ofs.y) + Point2(0, Math::floor((h - icon->get_height()) / 2.0)), icon_color); } else { diff --git a/scene/resources/default_theme/default_theme.cpp b/scene/resources/default_theme/default_theme.cpp index fa375795c1..f29cfec92f 100644 --- a/scene/resources/default_theme/default_theme.cpp +++ b/scene/resources/default_theme/default_theme.cpp @@ -224,6 +224,7 @@ void fill_default_theme(Ref<Theme> &theme, const Ref<Font> &default_font, const theme->set_color("font_color", "OptionButton", control_font_color); theme->set_color("font_pressed_color", "OptionButton", control_font_pressed_color); theme->set_color("font_hover_color", "OptionButton", control_font_hover_color); + theme->set_color("font_hover_pressed_color", "OptionButton", control_font_pressed_color); theme->set_color("font_focus_color", "OptionButton", control_font_focus_color); theme->set_color("font_disabled_color", "OptionButton", control_font_disabled_color); theme->set_color("font_outline_color", "OptionButton", Color(1, 1, 1)); @@ -231,6 +232,7 @@ void fill_default_theme(Ref<Theme> &theme, const Ref<Font> &default_font, const theme->set_constant("h_separation", "OptionButton", 2 * scale); theme->set_constant("arrow_margin", "OptionButton", 4 * scale); theme->set_constant("outline_size", "OptionButton", 0); + theme->set_constant("modulate_arrow", "OptionButton", false); // MenuButton @@ -644,9 +646,13 @@ void fill_default_theme(Ref<Theme> &theme, const Ref<Font> &default_font, const theme->set_stylebox("labeled_separator_right", "PopupMenu", separator_horizontal); theme->set_icon("checked", "PopupMenu", icons["checked"]); + theme->set_icon("checked_disabled", "PopupMenu", icons["checked"]); theme->set_icon("unchecked", "PopupMenu", icons["unchecked"]); + theme->set_icon("unchecked_disabled", "PopupMenu", icons["unchecked"]); theme->set_icon("radio_checked", "PopupMenu", icons["radio_checked"]); + theme->set_icon("radio_checked_disabled", "PopupMenu", icons["radio_checked"]); theme->set_icon("radio_unchecked", "PopupMenu", icons["radio_unchecked"]); + theme->set_icon("radio_unchecked_disabled", "PopupMenu", icons["radio_unchecked"]); theme->set_icon("submenu", "PopupMenu", icons["popup_menu_arrow_right"]); theme->set_icon("submenu_mirrored", "PopupMenu", icons["popup_menu_arrow_left"]); @@ -703,6 +709,7 @@ void fill_default_theme(Ref<Theme> &theme, const Ref<Font> &default_font, const theme->set_color("resizer_color", "GraphNode", control_font_color); theme->set_constant("separation", "GraphNode", 2 * scale); theme->set_constant("title_offset", "GraphNode", 26 * scale); + theme->set_constant("title_h_offset", "GraphNode", 0); theme->set_constant("close_offset", "GraphNode", 22 * scale); theme->set_constant("close_h_offset", "GraphNode", 22 * scale); theme->set_constant("port_offset", "GraphNode", 0); diff --git a/servers/rendering/renderer_rd/renderer_scene_render_rd.cpp b/servers/rendering/renderer_rd/renderer_scene_render_rd.cpp index 13f8d1ab75..6c219933b0 100644 --- a/servers/rendering/renderer_rd/renderer_scene_render_rd.cpp +++ b/servers/rendering/renderer_rd/renderer_scene_render_rd.cpp @@ -2459,8 +2459,7 @@ void RendererSceneRenderRD::render_buffers_configure(RID p_render_buffers, RID p p_internal_width = p_width; } - const float texture_mipmap_bias = -log2f(p_width / p_internal_width) + p_texture_mipmap_bias; - material_storage->sampler_rd_configure_custom(texture_mipmap_bias); + material_storage->sampler_rd_configure_custom(p_texture_mipmap_bias); update_uniform_sets(); RenderBuffers *rb = render_buffers_owner.get_or_null(p_render_buffers); diff --git a/servers/rendering/renderer_rd/storage_rd/texture_storage.cpp b/servers/rendering/renderer_rd/storage_rd/texture_storage.cpp index e20a04ff2a..84427e1c93 100644 --- a/servers/rendering/renderer_rd/storage_rd/texture_storage.cpp +++ b/servers/rendering/renderer_rd/storage_rd/texture_storage.cpp @@ -416,7 +416,10 @@ TextureStorage::TextureStorage() { tformat.format = RD::DATA_FORMAT_R8_UINT; tformat.width = 4; tformat.height = 4; - tformat.usage_bits = RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT | RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_VRS_ATTACHMENT_BIT | RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_SAMPLING_BIT | RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT | RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_CAN_UPDATE_BIT; + tformat.usage_bits = RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT | RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_SAMPLING_BIT | RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT | RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_CAN_UPDATE_BIT; + if (RD::get_singleton()->has_feature(RD::SUPPORTS_ATTACHMENT_VRS)) { + tformat.usage_bits |= RD::TEXTURE_USAGE_VRS_ATTACHMENT_BIT; + } tformat.texture_type = RD::TEXTURE_TYPE_2D; Vector<uint8_t> pv; diff --git a/servers/rendering/renderer_viewport.cpp b/servers/rendering/renderer_viewport.cpp index 118bf532b3..73b03966c5 100644 --- a/servers/rendering/renderer_viewport.cpp +++ b/servers/rendering/renderer_viewport.cpp @@ -138,7 +138,11 @@ void RendererViewport::_configure_3d_render_buffers(Viewport *p_viewport) { p_viewport->internal_size = Size2(render_width, render_height); - RSG::scene->render_buffers_configure(p_viewport->render_buffers, p_viewport->render_target, render_width, render_height, width, height, p_viewport->fsr_sharpness, p_viewport->texture_mipmap_bias, p_viewport->msaa, p_viewport->screen_space_aa, p_viewport->use_taa, p_viewport->use_debanding, p_viewport->get_view_count()); + // At resolution scales lower than 1.0, use negative texture mipmap bias + // to compensate for the loss of sharpness. + const float texture_mipmap_bias = log2f(MIN(scaling_3d_scale, 1.0)) + p_viewport->texture_mipmap_bias; + + RSG::scene->render_buffers_configure(p_viewport->render_buffers, p_viewport->render_target, render_width, render_height, width, height, p_viewport->fsr_sharpness, texture_mipmap_bias, p_viewport->msaa, p_viewport->screen_space_aa, p_viewport->use_taa, p_viewport->use_debanding, p_viewport->get_view_count()); } } } |